JP2018016322A

JP2018016322A - Box body, packing box and manufacturing method of packing box

Info

Publication number: JP2018016322A
Application number: JP2016145444A
Authority: JP
Inventors: 陽介西村; Yosuke Nishimura
Original assignee: Crown Package Co Ltd
Current assignee: Crown Package Co Ltd
Priority date: 2016-07-25
Filing date: 2016-07-25
Publication date: 2018-02-01
Anticipated expiration: 2036-07-25
Also published as: JP6889529B2

Abstract

PROBLEM TO BE SOLVED: To provide a box body which is free from the need of an operation of inserting a member into the other member and an operation of locking a member to the other member, facilitates an operation for constituting a storage part, and can secure a wide storage space in the front and back directions, in the box body enabling using part of the lateral face as the storage part.SOLUTION: A box body is such that: a front face part 10 has a front face front plate part 110, a pocket front part front plate part 112, a pocket front part rear plate part 114, a connection plate part 116, a support plate part 118, a pocket upper part left plate part 120, a pocket upper part right plate part 122, a front face rear plate part 124, and an adhesive piece part 126, and is folded via folding lines C21a-C21c; the pocket front part rear plate part 114 is adhered to the pocket front part front plate part 112; the front face rear plate part 124 is adhered to the front face front plate part 110; and the adhesion plate part 120 is adhered to a first piece part 60. The support plate part 118 has protrusive parts 118-1, 118-2 which push the rear face of the inclined front plate part 112 when expanding a pocket.SELECTED DRAWING: Figure 6

Description

本発明は、商品を展示するための箱体に関するものであり、特に、側面の一部を収納部として使用できる箱体に関するものである。 The present invention relates to a box for displaying products, and more particularly to a box that can use a part of a side surface as a storage unit.

商品を展示するための箱体で、側面の一部を収納部として使用できるものとして、出願人は、特許文献１〜４に記載の出願を行っている。 The applicant has filed applications described in Patent Documents 1 to 4 as a box for displaying products, and a part of the side surface can be used as a storage unit.

すなわち、特許文献１の包装箱においては、正面部１０は、正面本体部１２と、折り出し板部２００、２０２と、ポケット正面板部２１０と、ポケット背面板部２２０と、ポケット中間板部２３０とを有し、折り出し板部２００、２０２を正面側に引き出してポケット中間板部２３０とポケット背面板部２２０とを背面側に折り曲げて、係止片２２４を一対の折り出し板部間の開口部に挿通することによりポケットが形成される。なお、ポケット正面板部２１０とポケット背面板部２２０と折り出し板部２００、２０２は、側面視において略三角形状を呈する
また、特許文献２の実施例２に示す包装箱においては、内箱部の正面部１０が、正面本体部１２と、正面部の上方の先端の先端部１８と、先端部から折れ線を介して連設された傾斜板部１６と、傾斜板部１６と正面本体部１２間に設けられた第１前開部１４−１と第２前開部１４−２とを有し、傾斜板部１６は、突状部１６Ａ、１６Ｂを有し、切込みＫ１６、Ｋ１８を正面本体部１２の突出部１２Ａ、１２Ｂに係止させて、傾斜板部１６が正面側斜め上方を向いた状態に固定され、傾斜板部１６と第２前開部１４−２と第１前開部１４−１とで開口部１６Ｃを開口部分とするポケットが構成される。 That is, in the packaging box of Patent Document 1, the front portion 10 includes the front main body portion 12, the folding plate portions 200 and 202, the pocket front plate portion 210, the pocket back plate portion 220, and the pocket intermediate plate portion 230. The folding plate portions 200 and 202 are pulled out to the front side, the pocket intermediate plate portion 230 and the pocket back plate portion 220 are bent to the back side, and the locking piece 224 is placed between the pair of folding plate portions. A pocket is formed by passing through the opening. In addition, the pocket front board part 210, the pocket back board part 220, and the folding board parts 200 and 202 exhibit substantially triangular shape in side view. Moreover, in the packaging box shown in Example 2 of patent document 2, it is an inner box part. The front portion 10 includes a front main body portion 12, a tip portion 18 at the tip above the front portion, an inclined plate portion 16 connected from the tip portion via a broken line, an inclined plate portion 16 and the front main body portion 12. It has the 1st front opening part 14-1 and the 2nd front opening part 14-2 which were provided in between, the inclination board part 16 has protrusion part 16A, 16B, and cuts K16 and K18 are made to the front main body part 12. The inclined plate portion 16 is fixed to a state in which the inclined plate portion 16 faces obliquely upward, and the inclined plate portion 16, the second front opening portion 14-2, and the first front opening portion 14-1. Thus, a pocket having the opening portion 16C as an opening portion is formed.

また、特許文献３の実施例２に示す包装箱においては、内箱部の正面部１０が、正面本体部１２と、正面部の上方の先端の先端部１８と、先端部から折れ線を介して連設された傾斜板部１６と、傾斜板部と正面本体部間に設けられた前開部１４、１５とを有し、先端部１８の切欠部Ｋ１８、Ｋ１９を切込みＫ１３、Ｋ１４に係止することにより、先端部１８を前開部１４に係合させて、傾斜板部１６が正面側斜め上方を向いた状態に固定され、傾斜板部１６と第２前開部１５と第１前開部１４とで切欠部Ｋ１６により形成された開口部を開口部分とするポケットが構成される。 Moreover, in the packaging box shown in Example 2 of Patent Document 3, the front part 10 of the inner box part includes the front main body part 12, the tip part 18 at the tip above the front part, and a broken line from the tip part. It has the inclined board part 16 provided continuously, and the front opening parts 14 and 15 provided between the inclined board part and the front main body part, and locks the notches K18 and K19 of the tip part 18 to the cuts K13 and K14. As a result, the tip 18 is engaged with the front opening 14, and the inclined plate 16 is fixed in a state of facing obliquely upward on the front side. The inclined plate 16, the second front opening 15, and the first front opening 14 Thus, a pocket having an opening formed by the notch K16 is formed.

また、特許文献４の包装箱においては、内箱部Ａ１の一部を組み立てることにより、収納部Ｓが形成される。すなわち、収納部背面構成部１２ａと、収納部底面構成部１２ｂと、収納部正面構成部１２ｃと、収納部正面裏側構成部１２ｄと、収納部底面内側構成部１２ｅと、収納部側面構成部２６、３６と、収納部正面構成部２８、３８とで収納部Ｓが構成される。 Moreover, in the packaging box of patent document 4, the accommodating part S is formed by assembling a part of inner box part A1. That is, the storage unit rear surface configuration unit 12a, the storage unit bottom surface configuration unit 12b, the storage unit front configuration unit 12c, the storage unit front back side configuration unit 12d, the storage unit bottom side configuration unit 12e, and the storage unit side configuration unit 26. , 36 and the storage unit front configuration units 28, 38 constitute a storage unit S.

また、特許文献５の段ボール箱においては、上側フラップが、天井部１５と、天井部１５の先端縁から延出する上側仕切壁部１７とを有し、下側フラップが、底板部と、底板部の先端縁から延出する下側仕切壁部２８とを有し、上側仕切壁部１７及び下側仕切壁部２８の先端縁に設けられた係合構造同士が、四角筒状部内で係合されることにより収納スペースが形成される。 Further, in the corrugated cardboard box of Patent Document 5, the upper flap has a ceiling portion 15 and an upper partition wall portion 17 extending from the leading edge of the ceiling portion 15, and the lower flap has a bottom plate portion and a bottom plate. And the lower partition wall portion 28 extending from the tip edge of the portion, and the engagement structures provided at the tip edges of the upper partition wall portion 17 and the lower partition wall portion 28 are engaged in the rectangular cylindrical portion. A storage space is formed by combining.

実用新案登録第３１６８８７４号公報Utility Model Registration No. 3168874 実用新案登録第３１７９７５８号公報Utility Model Registration No. 3179758 実用新案登録第３１７９７５９号公報Utility Model Registration No. 3179759 実用新案登録第３１４７０８５号公報Utility Model Registration No. 3147085 実用新案登録第３１５１７６０号公報Utility Model Registration No. 3151760

しかし、特許文献１の包装箱においては、係止片２２４を一対の折り出し板部間の開口部に挿通するという操作が必要になってしまう。また、ポケットを形成した際に、ポケット正面板部２１０は傾斜した状態となり、ポケット正面板部２１０の開口部により収納スペースが形成されるので、ポケットを構成する部材の前後方向の長さ（具体的には、ポケット正面板部２１０が傾斜した状態における前後方向の長さ）の割には、収納スペースが大きくないという問題がある。 However, in the packaging box of Patent Document 1, an operation of inserting the locking piece 224 into the opening between the pair of folding plate portions is required. Further, when the pocket is formed, the pocket front plate portion 210 is inclined and a storage space is formed by the opening of the pocket front plate portion 210. Therefore, the length of the members constituting the pocket in the front-rear direction (specifically Specifically, there is a problem that the storage space is not large relative to the length in the front-rear direction when the pocket front plate 210 is inclined.

また、特許文献２の包装箱では、正面部１０を組み立てて、ポケットを構成するには、切込みＫ１６、Ｋ１８を正面本体部１２の突出部１２Ａ、１２Ｂに係止させるという操作が必要になってしまう。また、ポケットを形成した際に、傾斜板部１６が正面側斜め上方を向いて傾斜した状態になり、傾斜板部１６の開口部１６Ｃにより収納スペースが形成されるので、ポケットを構成する部材の前後方向の長さ（具体的には、傾斜板部１６が傾斜した状態における前後方向の長さ）の割には、収納スペースが大きくないという問題がある。 Moreover, in the packaging box of patent document 2, in order to assemble the front part 10 and to constitute a pocket, an operation of locking the notches K16 and K18 to the projecting parts 12A and 12B of the front main body part 12 is required. End up. Further, when the pocket is formed, the inclined plate portion 16 is inclined obliquely upward toward the front side, and a storage space is formed by the opening portion 16C of the inclined plate portion 16, so that the members constituting the pocket There is a problem that the storage space is not large for the length in the front-rear direction (specifically, the length in the front-rear direction when the inclined plate portion 16 is inclined).

また、特許文献３の包装箱では、正面部１０を組み立てた際に、突状部１６−２の先端が正面本体部１２の突状部１２−２に当接するので、傾斜板部１６の角度を固定することはできるが、正面部１０を組み立てて、傾斜板部１６を表示状態にするには、先端部１８の切欠部Ｋ１８、Ｋ１９を切込みＫ１３、Ｋ１４に係止することにより、先端部１８を前開部１４に係合させる操作が必要になってしまう。また、ポケットを形成した際に、傾斜板部１６が正面側斜め上方を向いて傾斜した状態になり、傾斜板部１６の切欠部Ｋ１６により収納スペースが形成されるので、ポケットを構成する部材の前後方向の長さ（具体的には、傾斜板部１６が傾斜した状態における前後方向の長さ）の割には、収納スペースが大きくないという問題がある。 Moreover, in the packaging box of patent document 3, when the front part 10 is assembled, the tip of the projecting part 16-2 comes into contact with the projecting part 12-2 of the front main body part 12, so that the angle of the inclined plate part 16 is increased. Can be fixed, but in order to assemble the front face 10 and put the inclined plate portion 16 in the display state, the notches K18 and K19 of the tip 18 are engaged with the notches K13 and K14, thereby The operation which engages 18 with the front opening part 14 will be needed. Further, when the pocket is formed, the inclined plate portion 16 is inclined obliquely upward toward the front side, and a storage space is formed by the cutout portion K16 of the inclined plate portion 16, so that the members constituting the pocket There is a problem that the storage space is not large for the length in the front-rear direction (specifically, the length in the front-rear direction when the inclined plate portion 16 is inclined).

また、特許文献４の包装箱では、収納部Ｓにおいては、収納部背面構成部１２ａと収納部正面構成部１２ｃ及び収納部正面裏側構成部１２ｄは、前後に間隔を介して略平行に設けられるので、収納部Ｓの前後方向の長さに応じて、収納スペースを確保することができ、前後方向に広い収納スペースを確保できるものの、収納部Ｓを組み立てる際に、収納部正面構成部１２ｃと収納部正面裏側構成部１２ｄ間に収納部正面構成部２８、３８の内側の突状部を挟む作業が必要になってしまう。 Further, in the packaging box of Patent Document 4, in the storage unit S, the storage unit rear surface configuration unit 12a, the storage unit front surface configuration unit 12c, and the storage unit front back side configuration unit 12d are provided substantially in parallel in the front-rear direction. Therefore, the storage space can be secured according to the length of the storage portion S in the front-rear direction, and a wide storage space can be secured in the front-rear direction, but when the storage portion S is assembled, The operation | work which pinches | interposes the protrusion part inside the storage part front structure part 28 and 38 between storage part front back side structure parts 12d will be needed.

また、特許文献５の段ボール箱においては、収納スペース３４は、側壁４と上側仕切壁部１７及び下側仕切壁部２８が前後に間隔を介して略平行に設けられるので、収納スペースを構成する部材の長さ（側壁４と上側仕切壁部１７及び下側仕切壁部２８間の長さ）に応じて、収納スペースを確保することができ、前後方向に広い収納スペースを確保できるものの、上側仕切壁部１７の係合部２２、２３及び２４と下側仕切壁部２８の係合部３０、３１及び３２を係合させる作業が必要になってしまう。 Further, in the corrugated cardboard box of Patent Document 5, the storage space 34 constitutes a storage space because the side wall 4, the upper partition wall portion 17, and the lower partition wall portion 28 are provided substantially in parallel with a space in the front and rear direction. Depending on the length of the member (the length between the side wall 4 and the upper partition wall portion 17 and the lower partition wall portion 28), a storage space can be secured and a wide storage space in the front-rear direction can be secured, but the upper side The operation | work which engages the engaging parts 22, 23, and 24 of the partition wall part 17 and the engaging parts 30, 31, and 32 of the lower partition wall part 28 will be needed.

そこで、本発明は、側面の一部を収納部として使用できる箱体において、ある部材を他の部材に挿通させる操作やある部材を他の部材に係合させる操作が必要なく、収納部を構成するための操作が容易であり、かつ、前後方向に広い収納スペースを確保することができる箱体を提供することを目的とするものである。 Therefore, the present invention is a box that can use a part of the side surface as a storage portion, and does not require an operation of inserting a member into another member or an operation of engaging a member with another member, and configures the storage portion. An object of the present invention is to provide a box that is easy to operate and can secure a large storage space in the front-rear direction.

本発明は上記問題点を解決するために創作されたものであって、第１には、箱体であって、底面部（５０）と、底面部の各辺から立設し底面部に対して略直角をなす側面構成部で、第１側面部（１０）と、第１側面部の両側に隣り合う第２側面部（２０）及び第３側面部（３０）を有する側面構成部（５）と、を有し、箱体が、シート状のブランクにより形成され、第１側面部が、底面部から連設されるとともに、第２側面部及び第３側面部と隣り合う基部前板部（１１０）と、基部前板部の上側に第１切目線（１１０Ｋ）を介して連設されたポケット前部前板部（１１２）と、ポケット前部前板部の基部前板部側とは反対側の辺部である上辺から第１折れ線（Ｃ２１ｃ）を介して連設され、ポケット前部前板部と接着されたポケット前部後構成部（１１３）と、ポケット前部後構成部のポケット前部前板部とは反対側の辺部から第２折れ線（Ｃ２４）を介して連設されるとともに、第２折れ線の一方の端部から形成された第２切目線（１１８ＫＡ）を介してポケット前部後構成部と隣接するとともに、第２折れ線の他方の端部から形成された第３切目線（１１８ＫＢ）を介してポケット前部後構成部と隣接し、第２切目線に沿った辺部を有し、ポケット前部後構成部側に突出した第１突状部（１１６−１）と、第３切目線に沿った辺部を有し、ポケット前部後構成部側に突出した第２突状部（１１６−２）を有する支持板部（１１８）と、ポケット前部前板部の基部前板部側とは反対側の辺部である上辺で第１折れ線の両側の部分における一方から第３折れ線（Ｃ２１ａ）を介して連設された第１ポケット上部板部（１２０）と、ポケット前部前板部の基部前板部側とは反対側の辺部である上辺で第１折れ線の両側の部分における他方から第４折れ線（Ｃ２１ｂ）を介して連設された第２ポケット上部板部（１２２）と、支持板部のポケット前部後構成部側とは反対側の辺部から第５折れ線（Ｃ２５）を介して連設され、第１ポケット上部板部の第３折れ線とは反対側の辺部から第６折れ線（Ｃ２２ａ）を介して連設され、第２ポケット上部板部の第４折れ線とは反対側の辺部から第７折れ線（Ｃ２２ｂ）を介して連設され、第１側面部の外側の面側を正面側とした場合に、ポケット前部前板部の背面側の面に接着して設けられた基部後板部（１２４）と、を有し、第１折れ線と第２折れ線と第３折れ線と第４折れ線と第５折れ線と第６折れ線と第７折れ線は平行に形成され、第１切目線を切断する前の状態では、ポケット前部後構成部（１１３）と支持板部（１１８）と第１ポケット上部板部（１２０）と第２ポケット上部板部（１２２）と基部後板部（１２４）からなる領域は、基部前板部（１１０）とポケット前部前板部（１１２）からなる領域に対して、第１折れ線と第３折れ線と第４折れ線を介して折り返した状態であり、第１切目線を切断して、ポケット前部前板部とポケット前部後構成部とからなるポケット前部（１１１）を正面側に引き出すことにより、支持板部を基部後板部に対して正面側に回動させるとともに、ポケット前部後構成部を支持板部に対して回動させ、ポケット前部後構成部が支持板部に対して回動することにより、第１突状部と第２突状部がポケット前部前板部の裏側の面を押した状態で、支持板部の基部後板部に対する回動角度が固定されて、第１側面部により構成され、支持板部を底面とする収納部が形成され、該収納部においては、基部（１０９）とポケット前部とが前後に間隔を介して配置（略平行に配置としてもよい）されることを特徴とする。 The present invention was created in order to solve the above-mentioned problems. First, it is a box body, which is erected from the bottom surface portion (50) and each side of the bottom surface portion, and to the bottom surface portion. And a side surface component (5) having a first side surface (10) and a second side surface (20) and a third side surface (30) adjacent to both sides of the first side surface. ), The box is formed of a sheet-like blank, the first side surface portion is provided continuously from the bottom surface portion, and the base front plate portion adjacent to the second side surface portion and the third side surface portion. (110), a pocket front front plate portion (112) continuously provided on the upper side of the base front plate portion via a first cut line (110K), a base front plate portion side of the pocket front front plate portion, Is connected from the upper side, which is the side of the opposite side, via the first broken line (C21c), and the back of the front pocket bonded to the front front plate of the pocket The continuous portion (113) and the side of the front portion of the rear portion of the front portion of the pocket that are opposite to the front portion of the front portion of the pocket are connected via the second broken line (C24), and one end of the second bent portion. It is adjacent to the rear part of the front part of the pocket through the second cut line (118KA) formed from the part and in front of the pocket through the third cut line (118KB) formed from the other end of the second broken line. 1st protrusion part (116-1) which adjoined the rear part structure part, has the side part along the 2nd cut line, and protruded in the pocket front back structure part side, and followed the 3rd cut line A support plate part (118) having a side part and having a second projecting part (116-2) projecting toward the pocket front rear part side, and a base front plate part side of the pocket front front plate part are: On the upper side, which is the opposite side, from one side of the first polygonal line through the third polygonal line (C21a) The first pocket upper plate portion (120) provided continuously and the fourth from the other of the portions on both sides of the first broken line on the upper side that is the side opposite to the base front plate portion side of the pocket front front plate portion. The second pocket upper plate part (122) provided continuously via the broken line (C21b) and the side opposite to the pocket front rear part side of the support plate part via the fifth broken line (C25) The first pocket upper plate portion is provided continuously from the side opposite to the third broken line through the sixth broken line (C22a), and the second pocket upper plate portion is opposite to the fourth bent line. It is continuously provided from the side portion through the seventh broken line (C22b), and is provided by being adhered to the back side surface of the front front plate portion of the pocket when the outer surface side of the first side surface portion is the front side. A base rear plate portion (124), a first polyline, a second polyline, a third polyline, a fourth polyline, and a first polyline The fifth fold line, the sixth fold line, and the seventh fold line are formed in parallel, and in the state before cutting the first cut line, the pocket front rear portion (113), the support plate portion (118), and the first pocket upper plate The region composed of the portion (120), the second pocket upper plate portion (122), and the base rear plate portion (124) is compared to the region composed of the base front plate portion (110) and the pocket front front plate portion (112). The front part of the pocket comprising the front front plate part of the pocket and the rear part of the pocket front part by cutting the first cut line in a state of being folded back through the first bent line, the third bent line, and the fourth bent line. 111) is pulled out to the front side, and the support plate portion is rotated to the front side with respect to the base rear plate portion, and the pocket front rear configuration portion is rotated with respect to the support plate portion, As the component rotates with respect to the support plate, the first protruding shape And the second projecting portion presses the surface on the back side of the front front plate portion of the pocket, the rotation angle of the support plate portion with respect to the base rear plate portion is fixed, and the support plate is constituted by the first side surface portion. A storage portion having a bottom surface as a bottom is formed, and the base portion (109) and the front portion of the pocket are arranged at intervals in the front and rear directions (may be arranged substantially in parallel). .

第１の構成によれば、ポケット前部を正面側に引き出す操作を行なうのみでポケットを形成できるので、操作が極めて容易である。特に、ポケットを形成するに際して、差込みや係止の操作がないので、ポケットを形成するための操作が容易となる。また、ポケットを展開した状態では、基部とポケット前部とが前後に間隔を介して略平行に配置されるので、前後方向に広く収納スペースを確保することができる。 According to the first configuration, since the pocket can be formed only by performing an operation of pulling out the front portion of the pocket to the front side, the operation is extremely easy. In particular, when the pocket is formed, there is no insertion or locking operation, so that the operation for forming the pocket becomes easy. Further, in a state where the pocket is expanded, the base portion and the pocket front portion are disposed substantially parallel to each other with a space in the front-rear direction, so that a large storage space can be secured in the front-rear direction.

また、第２には、上記第１の構成において、基部後板部の支持板部側とは反対側の辺部から折れ線を介して接着板部（１２６）が連設され、接着板部は、基部前板部から連設された底面部に接着されていることを特徴とする。 Second, in the first configuration, the adhesive plate portion (126) is continuously provided from the side opposite to the support plate portion side of the base rear plate portion via a broken line, and the adhesive plate portion is It is characterized in that it is bonded to a bottom surface portion provided continuously from the base front plate portion.

よって、接着板部が底面部に接着されるので、基部後板部をより強固に固定させることができる。 Therefore, since the bonding plate portion is bonded to the bottom surface portion, the base rear plate portion can be more firmly fixed.

また、第３には、箱体であって、底面部（５０）と、底面部の各辺から立設し底面部に対して略直角をなす側面構成部で、第１側面部（１０）と、第１側面部の両側に隣り合う第２側面部（２０）及び第３側面部（３０）を有する側面構成部（５）と、を有し、箱体が、シート状のブランクにより形成され、第１側面部が、底面部から連設されるとともに、第２側面部及び第３側面部と隣り合う基部前板部（１１０）と、基部前板部の上側に第１切目線（１１０Ｋ）を介して連設されたポケット前部前板部（１１２）と、ポケット前部前板部の基部前板部側とは反対側の辺部である上辺から第１折れ線（Ｃ２１ｃ）を介して連設され、ポケット前部前板部と接着されたポケット前部後構成部（１１３）と、
ポケット前部後構成部のポケット前部前板部とは反対側の辺部から第２折れ線（Ｃ２４）を介して連設されるとともに、第２折れ線の一方の端部から形成された第２切目線（１１８ＫＡ）を介してポケット前部後構成部と隣接するとともに、第２折れ線の他方の端部から形成された第３切目線（１１８ＫＢ）を介してポケット前部後構成部と隣接し、第２切目線に沿った辺部を有し、ポケット前部後構成部側に突出した第１突状部（１１６−１）と、第３切目線に沿った辺部を有し、ポケット前部後構成部側に突出した第２突状部（１１６−２）を有する支持板部（１１８）と、ポケット前部前板部の基部前板部側とは反対側の辺部である上辺で第１折れ線の両側の部分における一方から第３折れ線（Ｃ２１ａ）を介して連設された第１ポケット上部板部（１２０）と、ポケット前部前板部の基部前板部側とは反対側の辺部である上辺で第１折れ線の両側の部分における他方から第４折れ線（Ｃ２１ｂ）を介して連設された第２ポケット上部板部（１２２）と、支持板部のポケット前部後構成部側とは反対側の辺部から第５折れ線（Ｃ２５）を介して連設され、第１ポケット上部板部の第３折れ線とは反対側の辺部から第６折れ線（Ｃ２２ａ）を介して連設され、第２ポケット上部板部の第４折れ線とは反対側の辺部から第７折れ線（Ｃ２２ｂ）を介して連設され、第１側面部の外側の面側を正面側とした場合に、ポケット前部前板部の背面側に設けられた基部後板部（１２４）と、基部後板部の支持板部側とは反対側の辺部から第８折れ線（Ｃ２６）を介して連設された接着板部で、基部前板部から連設された該底面部に接着された接着板部（１２６）と、を有し、第１折れ線と第２折れ線と第３折れ線と第４折れ線と第５折れ線と第６折れ線と第７折れ線は平行に形成され、第１切目線を切断する前の状態では、ポケット前部後構成部（１１３）と支持板部（１１８）と第１ポケット上部板部（１２０）と第２ポケット上部板部（１２２）と基部後板部（１２４）からなる領域は、基部前板部（１１０）とポケット前部前板部（１１２）からなる領域に対して、第１折れ線と第３折れ線と第４折れ線を介して折り返した状態であり、第１切目線を切断して、ポケット前部前板部とポケット前部後構成部とからなるポケット前部（１１１）を正面側に引き出すことにより、支持板部を基部後板部に対して正面側に回動させるとともに、ポケット前部後構成部を支持板部に対して回動させ、ポケット前部後構成部が支持板部に対して回動することにより、第１突状部と第２突状部がポケット前部前板部の裏側の面を押した状態で、支持板部の基部後板部に対する回動角度が固定されて、第１側面部により構成され、支持板部を底面とする収納部が形成され、該収納部においては、基部（１０９）とポケット前部とが前後に間隔を介して配置（略平行に配置としてもよい）されることを特徴とする。 Thirdly, the box includes a bottom surface portion (50) and a side surface configuration portion that is erected from each side of the bottom surface portion and substantially perpendicular to the bottom surface portion, and the first side surface portion (10). And a side surface component (5) having a second side surface portion (20) and a third side surface portion (30) adjacent to both sides of the first side surface portion, and the box is formed of a sheet-like blank. The first side surface portion is continuously provided from the bottom surface portion, the base front plate portion (110) adjacent to the second side surface portion and the third side surface portion, and the first cut line ( 110K), and the first bent line (C21c) from the upper side which is the side opposite to the base front plate part side of the pocket front front plate part. A pocket front rear component part (113) which is connected to the front part of the pocket front part and bonded to the front part of the front part of the pocket;
The second part formed from one end of the second broken line is connected from the side opposite to the front part of the front part of the pocket front part via the second broken line (C24). Adjacent to the pocket front rear component through the cut line (118KA) and adjacent to the pocket front rear component through the third cut line (118KB) formed from the other end of the second broken line A first projecting portion 116-1 having a side portion along the second cut line, projecting toward the pocket front rear portion, and a side portion extending along the third cut line; The support plate portion (118) having the second protruding portion (116-2) protruding to the front rear component portion side, and the side portion on the opposite side to the base front plate portion side of the pocket front front plate portion. The first pocket continuously provided from one side of the upper side of the first broken line through the third broken line (C21a) The upper upper plate portion (120) and the upper side that is the side opposite to the base front plate portion side of the pocket front front plate portion are connected to each other on both sides of the first broken line through the fourth bent line (C21b). The second pocket upper plate portion (122) continuously provided and the side portion on the opposite side of the support plate portion from the pocket front rear portion side portion are connected via the fifth broken line (C25). From the side opposite to the third fold line of the pocket upper plate part via the sixth fold line (C22a), the seventh fold line from the side opposite to the fourth fold line of the second pocket upper plate part (C22b), a base rear plate portion (124) provided on the back side of the front portion of the front portion of the pocket front portion when the outer surface side of the first side surface portion is the front side, and a base portion Adhesive plate portion provided continuously from the side opposite to the support plate portion side of the rear plate portion via the eighth broken line (C26) An adhesive plate portion (126) bonded to the bottom surface portion continuously provided from the base front plate portion, and a first fold line, a second fold line, a third fold line, a fourth fold line, a fifth fold line, and a first fold line The 6 fold line and the 7th fold line are formed in parallel, and in the state before cutting the first cut line, the pocket front rear part (113), the support plate (118), and the first pocket upper plate (120). And the second pocket upper plate portion (122) and the base rear plate portion (124) have a first broken line relative to the region formed of the base front plate portion (110) and the pocket front front plate portion (112). And the third fold line and the fourth fold line are folded back, the first cut line is cut, and the pocket front part (111) composed of the front part of the front part of the pocket front part and the rear part part of the front part of the pocket is viewed from the front Pull the support plate part to the front side with respect to the base rear plate part. And the pocket front rear component is rotated with respect to the support plate, and the pocket front rear component is rotated with respect to the support plate, whereby the first protrusion and the second protrusion In a state where the back side surface of the front front plate portion of the pocket is pressed, the rotation angle of the support plate portion with respect to the base rear plate portion is fixed, and it is configured by the first side surface portion, and the support plate portion is used as the bottom surface. A portion is formed, and the storage portion is characterized in that the base portion (109) and the pocket front portion are arranged at intervals in the front-rear direction (may be arranged substantially in parallel).

第３の構成によれば、傾斜部を正面側に引き出す操作を行なうのみでポケットを形成できるので、操作が極めて容易である。特に、ポケットを形成するに際して、差込みや係止の操作がないので、ポケットを形成するための操作が容易となる。また、ポケットを展開した状態では、基部とポケット前部とが前後に間隔を介して略平行に配置されるので、前後方向に広く収納スペースを確保することができる。 According to the third configuration, since the pocket can be formed only by performing an operation of pulling the inclined portion to the front side, the operation is extremely easy. In particular, when the pocket is formed, there is no insertion or locking operation, so that the operation for forming the pocket becomes easy. Further, in a state where the pocket is expanded, the base portion and the pocket front portion are disposed substantially parallel to each other with a space in the front-rear direction, so that a large storage space can be secured in the front-rear direction.

また、第４には、上記第１から第３までのいずれかの構成において、ポケット前部後構成部が、ポケット前部前板部と接着されたポケット前部後板部（１１４）と、ポケット前部後板部に折れ線（Ｃ２３）を介して連設されるとともに、支持板部に該第２折れ線を介して連設された連結板部で、第１突状部と第２突状部の間の位置に設けられた連結板部（１１６）とを有し、支持板部の基部後板部に対する回動角度が固定された状態では、支持板部がポケット前部前板部に対して略直角をなし、連結板部は、ポケット前部後板部及び支持板部に対して傾斜した状態となることを特徴とする。 Fourth, in any one of the first to third configurations, the pocket front rear component is a pocket front rear plate (114) bonded to the pocket front front plate, The first and second protrusions are connected to the front and rear plate portions of the pocket via a broken line (C23) and connected to the support plate portion via the second broken line. In the state where the rotation angle with respect to the base rear plate portion of the support plate portion is fixed, the support plate portion is connected to the pocket front front plate portion. The connecting plate portion is inclined with respect to the pocket front and rear plate portions and the support plate portion.

第４の構成によれば、連結板部が支持板部とポケット前部後板部に対して傾斜した状態となるので、支持板部がポケット前部前板部に対して略直角の状態にしやすくできる。 According to the fourth configuration, since the connecting plate portion is inclined with respect to the support plate portion and the pocket front rear plate portion, the support plate portion is in a substantially right angle state with respect to the pocket front front plate portion. Easy to do.

また、第５には、上記第１から第４までのいずれかの構成において、支持板部は、第２切目線の第２折れ線側とは反対側の端部から連設されるとともに第５折れ線の一方の端部から連設された第４切目線（１１８Ｋｃ）を介して基部後板部と隣接するとともに、第３切目線の第２折れ線側とは反対側の端部から連設されるとともに第５折れ線の他方の端部から連設された第５切目線（１１８Ｋｄ）を介して基部後板部と隣接し、第１ポケット上部板部は、第３折れ線と直角をなす第６切目線（１２０Ｋ）を介してポケット前部後構成部と隣接し、第２ポケット上部板部は、第４折れ線と直角をなす第７切目線（１２２Ｋ）を介してポケット前部後構成部と隣接し、基部後板部は、第６切目線の第６折れ線側の端部から第２切目線と第４切目線の接点まで形成された第８切目線（１２４Ｋａ）と、第７切目線の第７折れ線側の端部から第３切目線と第５切目線の接点まで形成された第９切目線（１２４Ｋｂ）を介してポケット前部後構成部と隣接していることを特徴とする。 In addition, fifthly, in any one of the first to fourth configurations, the support plate portion is provided continuously from an end portion of the second cut line on the side opposite to the second broken line side. It is adjacent to the base rear plate portion via a fourth cut line (118 Kc) provided continuously from one end of the broken line, and is provided continuously from an end opposite to the second broken line side of the third cut line. And adjacent to the base rear plate portion via a fifth cut line (118 Kd) continuously provided from the other end portion of the fifth broken line, and the first pocket upper plate portion has a sixth angle perpendicular to the third broken line. The second pocket upper plate part is adjacent to the pocket front rear part via the score line (120K), and the pocket front rear component part via the seventh score line (122K) perpendicular to the fourth folding line. Adjacent, the base rear plate portion is the second cut line and the fourth cut line from the end of the sixth cut line on the sixth broken line side. The eighth cut line (124Ka) formed up to the contact point and the ninth cut line (124Kb) formed from the end of the seventh cut line on the seventh broken line side to the contact point of the third cut line and the fifth cut line It is characterized by being adjacent to the front and rear components of the pocket.

また、第６には、上記第５の構成において、第２切目線と第３切目線と第８切目線と第９切目線とが切断予定線により形成されていることを特徴とする。 Sixthly, in the fifth configuration, the second cut line, the third cut line, the eighth cut line, and the ninth cut line are formed by planned cutting lines.

よって、第２切目線と第３切目線と第８切目線と第９切目線とが切断予定線により形成されているので、不用意に第１切目線が切断してしまった場合でも、支持板部が基部後板部に対して回動したり、ポケット前部後構成部に対して回動してしまうことがない。 Therefore, since the 2nd cut line, the 3rd cut line, the 8th cut line, and the 9th cut line are formed by the planned cutting line, even if the first cut line is cut carelessly, it is supported. The plate portion does not rotate with respect to the base rear plate portion, or with respect to the pocket front rear portion.

なお、第５又は第６の構成において、以下の構成としてもよい。すなわち、「２切目線が、第２折れ線から第２折れ線の一方の端部側である第１方向にいくに従いポケット前部前板部の上辺側となるように形成された第２切目線第１構成部（１１８Ｋａ−３）と、第２切目線第１構成部から連設され、第１折れ線と平行に形成された第２切目線第２構成部（１１８Ｋａ−２）と、第２切目線第２構成部から連設され、第４切目線と第８切目線の接点にまで形成された第２切目線第３構成部（１１８Ｋａ−１）とを有し、第３切目線が、第２折れ線から第２折れ線の他方の端部側である第２方向にいくに従いポケット前部前板部の上辺側となるように形成された第３切目線第１構成部（１１８Ｋｂ−３）と、第３切目線第１構成部から連設され、第１折れ線と平行に形成された第３切目線第２構成部（１１８Ｋｂ−２）と、第３切目線第２構成部から連設され、第５切目線と第９切目線の接点にまで形成された第３切目線第３構成部（１１８Ｋｂ−１）とを有することを特徴とする。」としてもよい。 In addition, in the 5th or 6th structure, it is good also as the following structures. That is, “the second cut line formed so that the second cut line becomes the upper side of the front front plate portion of the pocket as it goes from the second broken line to the first direction that is one end side of the second broken line. 1 component part (118Ka-3), 2nd score line 2nd component part (118Ka-2) continuously provided from the 2nd score line 1st component part and formed in parallel with the 1st broken line, and 2nd score line It has a second cut line third component part (118Ka-1) continuously provided from the second line part of the eye line and formed up to the contact point of the fourth cut line and the eighth cut line, and the third cut line is 3rd cut line 1st composition part (118Kb-3) formed so that it might become the upper side side of a pocket front part front board part as it goes in the 2nd direction which is the other end side of the 2nd broken line from the 2nd broken line And a third cut line second component (118) that is provided continuously from the third cut line first component and formed in parallel with the first broken line. b-2), and a third cut line third component (118 Kb-1) provided continuously from the third cut line second component and formed up to the contact point of the fifth cut line and the ninth cut line. It may be characterized by having ".

また、第７には、上記第１から第６までのいずれかの構成において、基部前板部には、ポケット前部前板部と接する切欠部（１０ｈａ）が形成され、さらに、基部後板部における切欠部の背面側の領域には、開口部（１０ｈｂ）が形成され、該切欠部及び該開口部に指を挿入して、ポケット前部前板部の端部をつかんで正面側に引っ張ることにより、第１切目線が切断されることを特徴とする。 Seventhly, in any one of the first to sixth configurations, the base front plate portion is formed with a notch (10ha) in contact with the pocket front front plate portion, and further, the base rear plate. An opening (10hb) is formed in the back side region of the notch portion in the portion, and a finger is inserted into the notch portion and the opening portion, and the end portion of the front front plate portion of the pocket is grasped to the front side. The first cut line is cut by pulling.

また、第８には、包装箱であって、内箱部（Ａ）と外箱部（Ｂ）とを有し、内箱部が、底面部（５０）と、底面部の各辺から立設し底面部に対して略直角をなす内側スリーブ状部で、第１内箱部側面部（３０）と、第２内箱部側面部（１０）と、第３内箱部側面部（２０）と、第４内箱部側面部（４０）を有し、内箱部を箱状に組み立てた状態では、互いに隣接する側面部が略直角をなす内側スリーブ状部（５）と、を有し、第１内箱部側面部と第２内箱部側面部と第３内箱部側面部と第４内箱部側面部とにおける２つの内箱部側面部において、内箱部側面部の一部が分離部（２４、３４）として内箱部側面部における分離部以外の部分である内箱部側面部本体部と切目線を介して分離可能に形成され、内箱部における分離部が設けられた内箱部側面部以外の内箱部側面部である特定内箱部側面部（１０）が、底面部から連設されるとともに、特定内箱部側面部が隣接する内箱部側面部と隣り合う基部前板部（１１０）と、基部前板部の上側に第１切目線（１１０Ｋ）を介して連設されたポケット前部前板部（１１２）と、ポケット前部前板部の基部前板部側とは反対側の辺部である上辺から第１折れ線（Ｃ２１ｃ）を介して連設され、ポケット前部前板部と接着されたポケット前部後構成部（１１３）と、ポケット前部後構成部のポケット前部前板部とは反対側の辺部から第２折れ線（Ｃ２４）を介して連設されるとともに、第２折れ線の一方の端部から形成された第２切目線（１１８ＫＡ）を介してポケット前部後構成部と隣接するとともに、第２折れ線の他方の端部から形成された第３切目線（１１８ＫＢ）を介してポケット前部後構成部と隣接し、第２切目線に沿った辺部を有し、ポケット前部後構成部側に突出した第１突状部（１１６−１）と、第３切目線に沿った辺部を有し、ポケット前部後構成部側に突出した第２突状部（１１６−２）を有する支持板部（１１８）と、ポケット前部前板部の基部前板部側とは反対側の辺部である上辺で第１折れ線の両側の部分における一方から第３折れ線（Ｃ２１ａ）を介して連設された第１ポケット上部板部（１２０）と、ポケット前部前板部の基部前板部側とは反対側の辺部である上辺で第１折れ線の両側の部分における他方から第４折れ線（Ｃ２１ｂ）を介して連設された第２ポケット上部板部（１２２）と、支持板部のポケット前部後構成部側とは反対側の辺部から第５折れ線（Ｃ２５）を介して連設され、第１ポケット上部板部の第３折れ線とは反対側の辺部から第６折れ線（Ｃ２２ａ）を介して連設され、第２ポケット上部板部の第４折れ線とは反対側の辺部から第７折れ線（Ｃ２２ｂ）を介して連設され、第１側面部の外側の面側を正面側とした場合に、ポケット前部前板部の背面側の面に接着して設けられた基部後板部（１２４）と、を有し、第１折れ線と第２折れ線と第３折れ線と第４折れ線と第５折れ線と第６折れ線と第７折れ線は平行に形成され、第１切目線を切断する前の状態では、ポケット前部後構成部（１１３）と支持板部（１１８）と第１ポケット上部板部（１２０）と第２ポケット上部板部（１２２）と基部後板部（１２４）からなる領域は、基部前板部（１１０）とポケット前部前板部（１１２）からなる領域に対して、第１折れ線と第３折れ線と第４折れ線を介して折り返した状態であり、内側右側面部において、内側右側面部の一部が第１分離部（２４）として第１分離部以外の部分である内側右側面部本体部（２２）と切目線（２４ａ）を介して分離可能に形成され、内側左側面部において、内側左側面部の一部が第２分離部（３４）として第２分離部以外の部分である内側左側面部本体部（３２）と切目線（３４ａ）を介して分離可能に形成され、外箱部が、内箱部の外側の面に沿って設けられた外側スリーブ状部で、第１内箱部側面部の外側の面に沿って形成された第１外箱部側面部（２３０）と、第２内箱部側面部の外側の面に沿って形成された第２外箱部側面部（２１０）と、第３内箱部側面部の外側の面に沿って形成された第３外箱部側面部（２２０）と、第４内箱部側面部の外側の面に沿って形成された第４外箱部側面部（２４０）とを有士、外箱部を箱状に組み立てた状態では、互いに隣接する側面部が略直角をなす外側スリーブ状部（２０５）と、外側スリーブ状部の上端から折れ線を介して連設された蓋部と、を有し、内箱部における分離部が設けられた内箱部側面部である分離部形成内箱部側面部に対応した外箱部側面部に分離部が接着され、外箱部側面部における分離部が接着された領域を含む片部である回動片部（２２４、２３４）（外箱部側面部における分離部が接着された領域を含み切目線により形成された片部である回動片部（２２４、２３４）としてもよい）が分離部が接着された外箱部側面部の他の部分に対して回動可能に形成され、回動片部を外側に回動させることにより分離部と内箱部側面部本体部間の切目線が切断されて分離部が回動片部に接着した状態で内箱部から分離し、第１切目線を切断して、ポケット前部前板部とポケット前部後構成部とからなるポケット前部（１１１）を正面側に引き出すことにより、支持板部を基部後板部に対して正面側に回動させるとともに、ポケット前部後構成部を支持板部に対して回動させ、ポケット前部後構成部が支持板部に対して回動することにより、第１突状部と第２突状部がポケット前部前板部の裏側の面を押した状態で、支持板部の基部後板部に対する回動角度が固定されて、第１側面部により構成され、支持板部を底面とする収納部が形成され、該収納部においては、基部（１０９）とポケット前部とが前後に間隔を介して配置（略平行に配置としてもよい）されることを特徴とする。 Eighth, the packaging box has an inner box part (A) and an outer box part (B), and the inner box part stands from the bottom part (50) and each side of the bottom part. An inner sleeve-shaped portion that is provided and is substantially perpendicular to the bottom surface, and includes a first inner box side surface (30), a second inner box side surface (10), and a third inner box side surface (20 ) And an inner sleeve-like portion (5) in which the side portions adjacent to each other form a substantially right angle when the inner box portion is assembled in a box shape. In the two inner box side surfaces in the first inner box side surface, the second inner box side surface, the third inner box side surface and the fourth inner box side surface, the inner box side surface A part is formed as a separating portion (24, 34) so as to be separable from the inner box side surface portion main body portion which is a portion other than the separating portion in the inner box side surface portion through a score line, and the separating portion in the inner box portion is Inside provided The specific inner box part side surface part (10) which is the inner box part side part other than the part side part is provided continuously from the bottom part, and the specific inner box part side part is adjacent to the adjacent inner box part side part. A front plate portion (110), a pocket front front plate portion (112) connected to the upper side of the base front plate portion via a first cut line (110K), and a base front plate of the pocket front front plate portion A pocket front rear part (113) continuously connected from the upper side, which is the side opposite to the part side, via the first broken line (C21c) and bonded to the pocket front front plate part, and the pocket front part A second cut line formed from one end of the second bent line (C24) is provided continuously from the side opposite to the front part of the front pocket portion of the rear component part via the second bent line (C24). 118KA) adjacent to the rear portion of the front portion of the pocket and formed from the other end of the second broken line The first protruding portion that is adjacent to the pocket front rear component through the third cut line (118KB) and has a side along the second cut line and protrudes toward the pocket front rear component (116-1) and a support plate part (118) having a side part along the third cut line and having a second projecting part (116-2) projecting toward the pocket front rear part part side, The upper part of the first pocket connected from the one side on both sides of the first fold line through the third fold line (C21a) on the upper side which is the side opposite to the base front plate part side of the front part of the pocket front part The plate part (120) and the upper side which is the side opposite to the base front plate part side of the pocket front part front plate part are connected via the fourth line (C21b) from the other of the parts on both sides of the first line. The second pocket upper plate (122) and the side of the support plate that is on the opposite side of the pocket front rear side From the side opposite to the third fold line of the first pocket upper plate portion via the sixth fold line (C22a), and the second pocket upper plate. When the outer side of the first side surface is the front side from the side opposite to the fourth folding line of the portion through the seventh broken line (C22b), And a base rear plate portion (124) provided by being bonded to the surface on the back side, and includes a first fold line, a second fold line, a third fold line, a fourth fold line, a fifth fold line, a sixth fold line, and a seventh fold line. The polygonal lines are formed in parallel, and in the state before cutting the first cut line, the pocket front rear component (113), the support plate (118), the first pocket upper plate (120), and the second pocket upper portion The region consisting of the plate portion (122) and the base rear plate portion (124) is composed of a base front plate portion (110) and a pocket. It is the state which turned up via the 1st broken line, the 3rd broken line, and the 4th broken line with respect to the field which consists of a front part board part (112), and a part of inner right side face part is the 1st separation part in the inner right side face part (24) is formed so as to be separable via the inner right side surface main body (22), which is a part other than the first separation part, and a cut line (24a), and a part of the inner left side is second in the inner left side. The inner left side surface body portion (32), which is a portion other than the second separation portion, and the cut line (34a) are formed so as to be separable as the separation portion (34), and the outer box portion is the outer surface of the inner box portion. A first outer box side surface part (230) formed along an outer surface of the first inner box side surface part, and an outer side of the second inner box side surface part. The second outer box side surface part (210) formed along the surface of the third inner box part side surface part A third outer box side surface part (220) formed along the outer surface and a fourth outer box side surface part (240) formed along the outer surface of the fourth inner box side surface part. In the state where the outer box part is assembled in a box shape, the outer sleeve-like part (205) in which the side parts adjacent to each other form a substantially right angle, and the lid part connected from the upper end of the outer sleeve-like part via a broken line And the separation portion is bonded to the side surface portion of the outer box portion corresponding to the side surface portion of the inner box portion that is the inner side portion of the inner box portion provided with the separation portion in the inner box portion, and the side surface of the outer box portion Rotating piece part (224, 234) which is a piece part including a region where the separation part is adhered in the part (a piece part formed by a score line including a region where the separation part is adhered in the side part of the outer box part) Rotating piece (224, 234) may be the other part of the side part of the outer box part to which the separating part is bonded It is formed so as to be able to rotate, and by turning the rotating piece portion outward, the cut line between the separating portion and the inner box portion side surface portion main body portion is cut and the separating portion is adhered to the rotating piece portion. By separating the first cut line from the box part and pulling out the front pocket part (111) consisting of the front part of the front part of the front part of the pocket and the rear part of the front part of the pocket to the front side, While rotating to the front side with respect to the rear plate portion, rotating the pocket front rear configuration portion relative to the support plate portion, and rotating the pocket front rear configuration portion relative to the support plate portion, With the first projecting portion and the second projecting portion pushing the surface on the back side of the front front plate portion of the pocket, the rotation angle of the support plate portion with respect to the base rear plate portion is fixed, and the first side surface portion And a storage portion having a support plate portion as a bottom surface is formed. In the storage portion, a base (109) and a pocket are formed. Parts and is characterized in that it is arranged through a gap in the front-rear (substantially may be arranged in parallel).

第８の構成においては、外箱部を分離することにより内箱部に収納した被収納物を陳列することができ、被収納物を陳列する際に、ポケット前部を正面側に引き出す操作を行なうのみでポケットを形成できるので、操作が極めて容易である。特に、ポケットを形成するに際して、差込みや係止の操作がないので、ポケットを形成するための操作が容易となる。また、ポケットを展開した状態では、基部とポケット前部とが前後に間隔を介して略平行に配置されるので、前後方向に広く収納スペースを確保することができる。 In the eighth configuration, the stored items stored in the inner box portion can be displayed by separating the outer box portion, and when the stored items are displayed, an operation of pulling the front portion of the pocket to the front side is performed. Since the pocket can be formed only by performing it, the operation is very easy. In particular, when the pocket is formed, there is no insertion or locking operation, so that the operation for forming the pocket becomes easy. Further, in a state where the pocket is expanded, the base portion and the pocket front portion are disposed substantially parallel to each other with a space in the front-rear direction, so that a large storage space can be secured in the front-rear direction.

また、組み立てた状態の包装箱に上方から被収納物である商品を収納して、蓋部を閉じて封止するのみであるので、容易に商品の梱包作業を行うことができ、また、回動片部を外側に回動させて、分離部を内箱部から分離して外箱部を上方に引き上げるのみで陳列することができるので、商品の陳列作業を容易に行なうことができる。 In addition, since the product that is the object to be stored is stored in the assembled packaging box from above, and the lid is only closed and sealed, the product can be easily packed, and Since it is possible to display the product by simply rotating the moving piece part outward, separating the separating part from the inner box part, and pulling the outer box part upward, the product can be displayed easily.

また、第９には、上記第８の構成において、基部後板部の支持板部側とは反対側の辺部から折れ線を介して接着板部（１２０）が連設され、接着板部は、基部前板部から連設された底面部に接着されていることを特徴とする。 Ninth, in the eighth configuration, the adhesive plate portion (120) is continuously provided from the side opposite to the support plate portion side of the base rear plate portion via a broken line, and the adhesive plate portion is It is characterized in that it is bonded to a bottom surface portion provided continuously from the base front plate portion.

また、第１０には、上記第８又は第９の構成において、ポケット前部後構成部が、ポケット前部前板部と接着されたポケット前部後板部（１１４）と、ポケット前部後板部に折れ線（Ｃ２３）を介して連設されるとともに、支持板部に該第２折れ線を介して連設された連結板部で、第１突状部と第２突状部の間の位置に設けられた連結板部（１１６）とを有し、支持板部の基部後板部に対する回動角度が固定された状態では、支持板部がポケット前部前板部に対して略直角をなし、連結板部は、ポケット前部後板部及び支持板部に対して傾斜した状態となることを特徴とする。 Tenth, in the above-described eighth or ninth configuration, the pocket front rear component includes a pocket front rear plate (114) bonded to the pocket front front plate, and a pocket front rear. A connecting plate portion connected to the plate portion via a broken line (C23) and connected to the support plate portion via the second broken line, between the first protruding portion and the second protruding portion. In the state where the pivot angle of the support plate portion with respect to the base rear plate portion is fixed, the support plate portion is substantially perpendicular to the pocket front front plate portion. The connecting plate portion is inclined with respect to the pocket front portion rear plate portion and the support plate portion.

第１０の構成によれば、連結板部が支持板部とポケット前部後板部に対して傾斜した状態となるので、支持板部がポケット前部前板部に対して略直角の状態にしやすくできる。 According to the tenth configuration, the connecting plate portion is inclined with respect to the support plate portion and the pocket front rear plate portion, so that the support plate portion is substantially perpendicular to the pocket front front plate portion. Easy to do.

また、第１１には、上記第８から第１０までのいずれかの構成において、支持板部は、第２切目線の第２折れ線側とは反対側の端部から連設されるとともに第５折れ線の一方の端部から連設された第４切目線（１１８Ｋｃ）を介して基部後板部と隣接するとともに、第３切目線の第２折れ線側とは反対側の端部から連設されるとともに第５折れ線の他方の端部から連設された第５切目線（１１８Ｋｄ）を介して基部後板部と隣接し、第１ポケット上部板部は、第３折れ線と直角をなす第６切目線（１２０Ｋ）を介してポケット前部後構成部と隣接し、第２ポケット上部板部は、第４折れ線と直角をなす第７切目線（１２２Ｋ）を介してポケット前部後構成部と隣接し、基部後板部は、第６切目線の第６折れ線側の端部から第２切目線と第４切目線の接点まで形成された第８切目線（１２４Ｋａ）と、第７切目線の第７折れ線側の端部から第３切目線と第５切目線の接点まで形成された第９切目線（１２４Ｋｂ）を介してポケット前部後構成部と隣接していることを特徴とする。 Eleventhly, in any one of the eighth to tenth configurations, the support plate portion is provided continuously from an end portion of the second cut line on the side opposite to the second fold line side and fifth. It is adjacent to the base rear plate portion via a fourth cut line (118 Kc) provided continuously from one end of the broken line, and is provided continuously from an end opposite to the second broken line side of the third cut line. And adjacent to the base rear plate portion via a fifth cut line (118 Kd) continuously provided from the other end portion of the fifth broken line, and the first pocket upper plate portion has a sixth angle perpendicular to the third broken line. The second pocket upper plate part is adjacent to the pocket front rear part via the score line (120K), and the pocket front rear component part via the seventh score line (122K) perpendicular to the fourth folding line. The base rear plate is adjacent to the second cut line and the fourth cut line from the end on the sixth broken line side of the sixth cut line. The eighth cut line (124Ka) formed up to the contact point of the line and the ninth cut line (124Kb) formed from the end on the seventh broken line side of the seventh cut line to the contact point of the third cut line and the fifth cut line ) Through the pocket front and rear components.

また、第１２には、上記第１１の構成において、第２切目線と第３切目線と第８切目線と第９切目線とが切断予定線により形成されていることを特徴とする。 Twelfth, in the eleventh configuration, the second cut line, the third cut line, the eighth cut line, and the ninth cut line are formed by a planned cutting line.

なお、第１１又は第１２の構成において、以下の構成としてもよい。すなわち、「第２切目線が、第２折れ線から第２折れ線の一方の端部側である第１方向にいくに従いポケット前部前板部の上辺側となるように形成された第２切目線第１構成部（１１８Ｋａ−３）と、第２切目線第１構成部から連設され、第１折れ線と平行に形成された第２切目線第２構成部（１１８Ｋａ−２）と、第２切目線第２構成部から連設され、第４切目線と第８切目線の接点にまで形成された第２切目線第３構成部（１１８Ｋａ−１）とを有し、第３切目線が、第２折れ線から第２折れ線の他方の端部側である第２方向にいくに従いポケット前部前板部の上辺側となるように形成された第３切目線第１構成部（１１８Ｋｂ−３）と、第３切目線第１構成部から連設され、第１折れ線と平行に形成された第３切目線第２構成部（１１８Ｋｂ−２）と、第３切目線第２構成部から連設され、第５切目線と第９切目線の接点にまで形成された第３切目線第３構成部（１１８Ｋｂ−１）とを有することを特徴とする。」としてもよい。 In addition, in the 11th or 12th structure, it is good also as the following structures. That is, “the second cut line formed so that the second cut line becomes the upper side of the front front plate portion of the pocket as it goes from the second broken line to the first direction which is one end side of the second broken line. A first component part (118Ka-3), a second score line second component part (118Ka-2) connected in parallel to the first fold line and connected from the second score line first component part; A second cut line and a third component part (118Ka-1) which are continuously provided from the cut line second component part and formed up to a contact point between the fourth cut line and the eighth cut line, and the third cut line is A third cut line first component (118 Kb-3) formed so as to be on the upper side of the pocket front front plate portion as it goes from the second broken line to the second direction which is the other end side of the second broken line. ) And a third cut line second component (11) formed in parallel with the first broken line and parallel to the first broken line. Kb-2), and a third cut line third component (118 Kb-1) provided continuously from the third cut line second component and formed up to the contact point of the fifth cut line and the ninth cut line. It may be characterized by having ".

また、第１３には、包装箱であって、内箱部（Ａ）と、外箱部（Ｂ）とを有し、内箱部が、第１内箱部側面部（３０）と第２内箱部側面部（１０）と第３内箱部側面部（２０）と第４内箱部側面部（４０）と第４内箱部側面部から連設された内箱部糊代部とを有し、第１内箱部側面部、第２内箱部側面部、第３内箱部側面部、第４内箱部側面部、内箱部糊代部の順に連設され、内箱部を箱状に組み立てた状態では、互いに隣接する側面部が略直角をなす内側スリーブ状部で、第１内箱部側面部と第２内箱部側面部と第３内箱部側面部と第４内箱部側面部とにおける２つの内箱部側面部において、内箱部側面部の一部が分離部（２４、３４）として内箱部側面部における分離部以外の部分である内箱部側面部本体部と切目線を介して分離可能に形成された内側スリーブ状部（５）と、内側スリーブ状部の下端から連設された底面部で、第１内箱部側面部の下辺から連設された底面部第１片部（８０）と、第２内箱部側面部の下辺から連設された底面部第２片部（１０）と、第３内箱部側面部の下辺から連設された底面部第３片部（７０）と、第４内箱部側面部の下辺から連設された底面部第４片部（９０）とを有する底面部（５０）と、を有し、外箱部が、第１内箱部側面部の外側の面に沿って形成された第１外箱部側面部（２３０）と、第２内箱部側面部の外側の面に沿って形成された第２外箱部側面部（２１０）と、第３内箱部側面部の外側の面に沿って形成された第３外箱部側面部（２２０）と、第４内箱部側面部の外側の面に沿って形成された第４外箱部側面部（２４０）と、第１外箱部側面部から連設された外箱部糊代部（２４２）とを有し、外箱部糊代部、第１外箱部側面部、第２外箱部側面部、第３外箱部側面部、第４外箱部側面部の順に連設され、外箱部を箱状に組み立てた状態では、互いに隣接する側面部が略直角をなす外側スリーブ状部と、外側スリーブ状部の上端から折れ線を介して連設された蓋部とを有し、内箱部における分離部が設けられた内箱部側面部である分離部形成内箱部側面部に対応した外箱部側面部に分離部が接着され、外箱部側面部における分離部が接着された領域を含む片部である回動片部（２２４、２３４）（外箱部側面部における分離部が接着された領域を含み切目線により形成された片部である回動片部（２２４、２３４）としてもよい）が分離部が接着された外箱部側面部の他の部分に対して回動可能に形成され、回動片部を外側に回動させることにより分離部と内箱部側面部本体部間の切目線が切断されて分離部が回動片部に接着した状態で内箱部から分離する包装箱で、内箱部における分離部が設けられた内箱部側面部以外の内箱部側面部である特定内箱部側面部（１０）が、底面部から連設されるとともに、第２側面部及び第３側面部と隣り合う基部前板部（１１０）と、基部前板部の上側に第１切目線（１１０Ｋ）を介して連設されたポケット前部前板部（１１２）と、ポケット前部前板部の基部前板部側とは反対側の辺部である上辺から第１折れ線（Ｃ２１ｃ）を介して連設され、ポケット前部前板部と接着されたポケット前部後構成部（１１３）と、ポケット前部後構成部のポケット前部前板部とは反対側の辺部から第２折れ線（Ｃ２４）を介して連設されるとともに、第２折れ線の一方の端部から形成された第２切目線（１１８ＫＡ）を介してポケット前部後構成部と隣接するとともに、第２折れ線の他方の端部から形成された第３切目線（１１８ＫＢ）を介してポケット前部後構成部と隣接し、第２切目線に沿った辺部を有し、ポケット前部後構成部側に突出した第１突状部（１１６−１）と、第３切目線に沿った辺部を有し、ポケット前部後構成部側に突出した第２突状部（１１６−２）を有する支持板部（１１８）と、ポケット前部前板部の基部前板部側とは反対側の辺部である上辺で第１折れ線の両側の部分における一方から第３折れ線（Ｃ２１ａ）を介して連設された第１ポケット上部板部（１２０）と、ポケット前部前板部の基部前板部側とは反対側の辺部である上辺で第１折れ線の両側の部分における他方から第４折れ線（Ｃ２１ｂ）を介して連設された第２ポケット上部板部（１２２）と、支持板部のポケット前部後構成部側とは反対側の辺部から第５折れ線（Ｃ２５）を介して連設され、第１ポケット上部板部の第３折れ線とは反対側の辺部から第６折れ線（Ｃ２２ａ）を介して連設され、第２ポケット上部板部の第４折れ線とは反対側の辺部から第７折れ線（Ｃ２２ｂ）を介して連設され、第１側面部の外側を正面側とした場合に、ポケット前部前板部の背面側に設けられた基部後板部（１２４）と、基部後板部の支持板部側とは反対側の辺部から第８折れ線（Ｃ２６）を介して連設された接着板部で、基部前板部から連設された該底面部に接着された接着板部（１２６）と、を有し、第１折れ線と第２折れ線と第３折れ線と第４折れ線と第５折れ線と第６折れ線と第７折れ線は平行に形成され、第１切目線を切断する前の状態では、ポケット前部後構成部（１１３）と支持板部（１１８）と第１ポケット上部板部（１２０）と第２ポケット上部板部（１２２）と基部後板部（１２４）からなる領域は、基部前板部（１１０）とポケット前部前板部（１１２）からなる領域に対して、第１折れ線と第３折れ線と第４折れ線を介して折り返した状態であり、基部前板部と底面部間の折れ線と第１折れ線間の長さ（Ｌ１１）が、第８折れ線と第１折れ線間の長さ（Ｌ１２）と略同一に形成され、第１切目線を切断して、ポケット前部前板部とポケット前部後構成部とからなるポケット前部（１１１）を正面側に引き出すことにより、支持板部を基部後板部に対して正面側に回動させるとともに、ポケット前部後構成部を支持板部に対して回動させ、ポケット前部後構成部が支持板部に対して回動することにより、第１突状部と第２突状部がポケット前部前板部の裏側の面を押した状態で、支持板部の基部後板部に対する回動角度が固定されて、第１側面部により構成され、支持板部を底面とする収納部が形成され、該収納部においては、基部（１０９）とポケット前部とが前後に間隔を介して配置（略平行に配置としてもよい）され、内箱部と外箱部とがそれぞれ１枚のブランクにより形成された包装箱の製造方法であって、展開状態の外箱部に展開状態の内箱部を接着する第１接着工程であって、第１外箱部側面部に第１内箱部側面部を重ね、第２外箱部側面部に第２内箱部側面部を重ね、第３外箱部側面部に第３内箱部側面部を重ね、第４外箱部側面部に第４内箱部側面部を重ねた状態で、外箱部の回動片部と内箱部の分離部とを接着させ、外箱部に内箱部を接着した状態では、接着板部の少なくとも一部が外箱部に重ならない非重なり領域となる第１接着工程と、底面部第１片部と底面部第２片部と底面部第３片部と底面部第４片部の４つの片部において特定内箱部側面部の下辺から連設された片部と接着板部のいずれかと、ポケット前部前板部とポケット前部後構成部のいずれかに接着剤を塗布した状態で、特定内箱部側面部において、接着板部の非重なり領域に係止用部材（３００）を係止することにより、第１折れ線よりも接着板部側である先端側の領域を第１折れ線を介して折り返して、特定内箱部側面部の下辺から連設された片部と接着板部とを接着し、ポケット前部前板部とポケット前部後構成部を接着する第２接着工程と、外箱部の第１外箱部側面部を第２外箱部側面部に対して折り返す折り返し工程と、外箱部糊代部と第１外箱部側面部における外箱部糊代部が接着する領域のいずれかと、内箱部糊代部と第４内箱部側面部における内箱部糊代部が接着する領域のいずれかとに接着剤を塗布した状態で、外箱部の第４外箱部側面部を第３外箱部側面部に対して折り返すことにより、外箱部糊代部と第１外箱部側面部とを接着し、内箱部糊代部と第４内箱部側面部とを接着する第３接着工程と、を有することを特徴とする。 The thirteenth is a packaging box, which has an inner box part (A) and an outer box part (B), and the inner box part includes the first inner box part side face part (30) and the second box part. An inner box side surface (10), a third inner box side surface (20), a fourth inner box side surface (40), and an inner box glue margin provided continuously from the fourth inner box side surface; A first inner box side surface, a second inner box side surface, a third inner box side surface, a fourth inner box side surface, and an inner box glue margin in this order. In a state where the parts are assembled in a box shape, the side surfaces adjacent to each other are inner sleeve-shaped parts that are substantially perpendicular, and the first inner box side face part, the second inner box part side face part, and the third inner box part side face part, In the two inner box side surface portions in the fourth inner box side surface portion, an inner box in which a part of the inner box side surface portion is a portion other than the separation portion in the inner box side surface portion as the separation portion (24, 34). Can be separated from the main body of the unit and the cut line The inner sleeve-shaped portion (5) formed and the bottom surface portion continuous from the lower end of the inner sleeve-shaped portion, and the bottom surface portion first piece portion (80) continuous from the lower side of the side surface portion of the first inner box portion And a bottom face second piece (10) continuously provided from the lower side of the second inner box side face and a bottom face third piece (70) provided continuously from the bottom of the third inner box side face. And a bottom surface portion (50) having a bottom surface portion fourth piece portion (90) continuously provided from the lower side of the fourth inner box portion side surface portion, and the outer box portion is a side surface of the first inner box portion The first outer box side surface part (230) formed along the outer surface of the second part and the second outer box side surface part (210) formed along the outer surface of the second inner box side surface part And a third outer box side surface (220) formed along the outer surface of the third inner box side surface, and a fourth formed along the outer surface of the fourth inner box side surface. Outer box side (240) and An outer box paste margin portion (242) continuously provided from the first outer box portion side portion, an outer box paste margin portion, a first outer box portion side portion, a second outer box portion side portion, 3. An outer sleeve-shaped portion that is continuously provided in the order of the outer case portion side surface portion and the fourth outer case portion side surface portion, and in a state where the outer case portion is assembled in a box shape, And an outer box corresponding to the side part of the inner box part which is the side part of the inner box part provided with the separation part in the inner box part. Rotating piece parts (224, 234) which are parts including a region where the separation part is bonded to the side surface part and the separation part is bonded to the side surface part of the outer box part (the separation part is bonded to the side part of the outer box part) Side part of the outer box part where the separating part is bonded to the rotating piece part (224, 234) which is a piece part formed by the cut line including It is formed so as to be rotatable with respect to the other parts, and by turning the rotating piece portion outward, the score line between the separating portion and the inner box side surface portion main body portion is cut and the separating portion becomes the turning piece. A specific inner box side surface part (10) which is a side box of the inner box part other than the inner box part side face provided with the separation part in the inner box part in a packaging box separated from the inner box part in a state of being bonded to the part. The base front plate portion (110) adjacent to the second side surface portion and the third side surface portion and connected to the upper side of the base front plate portion via the first cut line (110K). The pocket front front plate portion (112) is connected to the pocket front front plate portion from the upper side which is the side opposite to the base front plate portion side via the first broken line (C21c). What is the front pocket rear part (113) bonded to the front front plate and the front pocket front pocket of the rear pocket rear pocket? The pocket front portion rear component portion is provided from the opposite side portion via the second broken line (C24), and via the second cut line (118KA) formed from one end portion of the second broken line. Adjacent and adjacent to the front rear portion of the pocket through a third cut line (118KB) formed from the other end of the second broken line, and has a side portion along the second cut line, The 1st protrusion part (116-1) protruded to the front rear structure part side, and the 2nd protrusion part which has the side part along the 3rd cut line, and protruded to the pocket front part rear structure part side ( 116-2) and the third folding line from one side of the first folding line on the upper side that is the side opposite to the base front plate part side of the pocket front front plate part. (C21a) first pocket upper plate portion (120) arranged continuously through, and pocket front front plate portion A second pocket upper plate part (122) continuously provided via the fourth broken line (C21b) from the other of the parts on both sides of the first broken line on the upper side which is the side opposite to the base front plate part side; From the side of the support plate part opposite to the front side of the rear part of the pocket through the fifth fold line (C25), from the side of the first pocket upper plate part opposite to the third fold line Continuing via the sixth broken line (C22a), continuing from the side opposite to the fourth folding line of the second pocket upper plate part via the seventh broken line (C22b), outside the first side surface part Is the front side, the base rear plate (124) provided on the back side of the front front plate portion of the pocket, and the eighth polygonal line from the side opposite to the support plate side of the base rear plate portion (C26) Adhered to the bottom plate provided continuously from the base front plate by the adhesive plate provided via C26 A first folding line, a second folding line, a third folding line, a fourth folding line, a fifth folding line, a sixth folding line, and a seventh folding line formed in parallel and cutting the first cut line In this state, the front pocket rear plate (113), the support plate (118), the first pocket upper plate (120), the second pocket upper plate (122), and the base rear plate (124). The region consisting of the base front plate portion (110) and the pocket front front plate portion (112) is a state of being folded back via the first fold line, the third fold line, and the fourth fold line, The length (L11) between the fold line between the front plate portion and the bottom surface portion and the first fold line is substantially the same as the length (L12) between the eighth fold line and the first fold line, and cuts the first cut line. The pocket front part (111) consisting of the front part of the front part of the pocket and the rear part of the front part of the pocket By pulling out to the surface side, the support plate portion is rotated to the front side with respect to the base rear plate portion, the pocket front rear configuration portion is rotated with respect to the support plate portion, and the pocket front rear configuration portion is By rotating with respect to the support plate portion, the first protrusion portion and the second protrusion portion press the back side surface of the front front plate portion of the pocket and rotate the support plate portion relative to the base rear plate portion. A moving angle is fixed, and a storage portion is formed by the first side surface portion and having a support plate portion as a bottom surface. In the storage portion, the base portion (109) and the front portion of the pocket are spaced in the front-rear direction. A method of manufacturing a packaging box in which the inner box part and the outer box part are each formed by one blank, and the inner box part and the outer box part are arranged in a deployed state in the deployed state. A first bonding step of bonding the box portion, wherein the first inner box side surface portion is overlapped with the first outer box side surface portion. The second inner box side surface is overlapped with the second outer box side surface, the third inner box side surface is overlapped with the third outer box side surface, and the fourth inner box portion is overlapped with the fourth outer box side surface. In the state where the rotating piece part of the outer box part and the separation part of the inner box part are bonded together with the side parts being overlapped, at least a part of the adhesive plate part is outside when the inner box part is bonded to the outer box part. Specified in the four pieces of the first bonding step, which is a non-overlapping region that does not overlap the box, and the bottom piece first piece, the bottom piece second piece, the bottom piece third piece, and the bottom piece fourth piece A specific inner box with an adhesive applied to either one of the piece part and the adhesive plate part connected from the lower side of the side part of the inner case part, or the front part of the front part of the pocket and the rear part of the front part of the pocket By locking the locking member (300) in the non-overlapping region of the adhesive plate portion in the side surface portion, the first bent line is formed on the tip side region that is closer to the adhesive plate portion than the first bent line. A second bonding step in which the front plate portion and the front rear portion of the pocket are bonded to each other by bonding the piece and the adhesive plate portion continuously provided from the lower side of the side portion of the specific inner box portion; A folding step of folding back the first outer box side surface part of the outer box part with respect to the second outer box side surface part, and the outer box paste margin part and the outer box glue margin part on the first outer box side face part In a state where an adhesive is applied to any one of the areas to be bonded, and any one of the areas to which the inner box glue margin part of the inner box part margin part and the fourth inner box part side face part adhere, the fourth of the outer box part. By folding the outer box side surface part with respect to the third outer box side surface part, the outer box part paste margin part and the first outer box part side part are bonded, and the inner box part paste part and the fourth inner box And a third bonding step for bonding the side surface portion.

第１３の構成においては、製造された包装箱において、外箱部を分離することにより内箱部に収納した被収納物を陳列することができ、被収納物を陳列する際に、ポケット前部を正面側に引き出す操作を行なうのみでポケットを形成できるので、操作が極めて容易である。特に、ポケットを形成するに際して、差込みや係止の操作がないので、ポケットを形成するための操作が容易となる。また、ポケットを展開した状態では、基部とポケット前部とが前後に間隔を介して略平行に配置されるので、前後方向に広く収納スペースを確保することができる。 In the thirteenth configuration, in the manufactured packaging box, the stored items stored in the inner box portion can be displayed by separating the outer box portion, and when the stored items are displayed, the front portion of the pocket Since the pocket can be formed only by performing an operation of pulling out to the front side, the operation is extremely easy. In particular, when the pocket is formed, there is no insertion or locking operation, so that the operation for forming the pocket becomes easy. Further, in a state where the pocket is expanded, the base portion and the pocket front portion are disposed substantially parallel to each other with a space in the front-rear direction, so that a large storage space can be secured in the front-rear direction.

また、第１接着工程においては、外箱部に内箱部を接着した状態では、接着板部の少なくとも一部が外箱部に重ならない非重なり領域となるので、第１折れ線よりも接着板部側である先端側の領域を第１折れ線を介して折り返す際に、容易に折り返すことができる。 In the first bonding step, when the inner box part is bonded to the outer box part, at least a part of the bonding plate part is a non-overlapping region that does not overlap the outer box part. When the region on the distal end side, which is the part side, is folded back via the first folding line, it can be easily folded back.

なお、上記第１０の構成における第２接着工程を「底面部第１片部と底面部第２片部と底面部第３片部と底面部第４片部の４つの片部において特定内箱部側面部の下辺から連設された片部と接着板部のいずれかと、ポケット前部前板部とポケット前部後構成部のいずれかに接着剤を塗布した状態で、特定内箱部側面部において接着板部を先頭側とし基部前板部を後尾側として内箱部及び外箱部が搬送され、特定内箱部側面部において、第１折れ線よりも接着板部側である先端側の領域を接着板部の非重なり領域に係止用部材（３００）を係止して、内箱部と外箱部が搬送されるとともに、係止用部材を搬送方向の側に回動させることにより、該先端側の領域を起立させ、その後、係止用部材を搬送方向の側への回動方向とは逆の回動方向に回動させることにより、該先端側の領域を第１折れ線を介して傾斜前板部に対して折り返して、特定内箱部側面部の下辺から連設された片部と接着板部とを接着し、ポケット前部前板部とポケット前部後構成部を接着する第２接着工程」としてもよい。 Note that the second bonding step in the tenth configuration is described as “the specified inner box in the four pieces of the bottom portion first piece, the bottom portion second piece, the bottom portion third piece, and the bottom portion fourth piece. The side surface of the specific inner box part with adhesive applied to one of the piece part and the adhesive plate part provided continuously from the lower side of the part side part, and to the front part of the front part of the pocket and the rear part of the front part of the pocket The inner box part and the outer box part are transported with the adhesive plate part as the leading side and the base front plate part as the rear side in the part, and at the side of the specific inner box part, the tip side closer to the adhesive plate part side than the first broken line The locking member (300) is locked to the non-overlapping region of the adhesive plate portion, the inner box portion and the outer box portion are transported, and the locking member is rotated in the transport direction side. Thus, the region on the tip end side is raised, and then the locking member is rotated in the rotation direction opposite to the rotation direction toward the conveyance direction. By doing so, the region on the front end side is folded back with respect to the inclined front plate part via the first folding line, and the one piece part continuously provided from the lower side of the specific inner box part side part and the adhesive plate part are bonded, It is good also as "the 2nd adhesion process which adhere | attaches a pocket front part front board part and a pocket front part rear structure part."

また、第１４には、上記第１３の構成において、第２接着工程において、基部前板部と基部後板部のいずれかに接着剤を塗布した状態で、特定内箱部側面部において、第１折れ線よりも接着板部側である先端側の領域を第１折れ線を介して折り返して、基部前板部と基部後板部を接着することを特徴とする。 14thly, in the thirteenth configuration, in the second bonding step, in the state where the adhesive is applied to either the base front plate portion or the base rear plate portion, A region on the front end side, which is closer to the adhesive plate part than the first broken line, is folded back via the first broken line to bond the base front plate part and the base rear plate part.

また、第１５には、第１３又は第１４の構成において、製造される包装箱において、底面部が、ワンタッチ底により形成されていて、底面部第１片部と底面部第２片部のいずれか一方における他方の側の部分である第１端部領域（６４）が折れ線を介して折曲げ可能であり、該第１端部領域が底面部第１片部と底面部第２片部の他方に接着され、底面部第３片部と底面部第４片部のいずれか一方における他方の側の部分である第２端部領域（８４）が折れ線を介して折曲げ可能であり、該第２端部領域が底面部第３片部と底面部第４片部の他方に接着され、折り返し工程において、内箱部の底面部を構成する底面部第１片部と底面部第２片部を内側スリーブ状部に対して折り返し第１端部領域を外側に折り返すとともに、第１端部領域と、底面部第１片部と底面部第２片部の他方における該第１端部領域が接着する領域とのいずれかに接着剤を塗布した状態で、外箱部の第１外箱部側面部を第２外箱部側面部に対して折り返すことにより、第１端部領域と、底面部第１片部と底面部第２片部の他方とを接着し、第２接着工程において、内箱部の底面部を構成する底面部第３片部と底面部第４片部を内側スリーブ状部に対して折り返し第２端部領域を外側に折り返すとともに、第２端部領域と、底面部第３片部と底面部第４片部の他方における該第２端部領域が接着する領域とのいずれかとに接着剤を塗布した状態で、外箱部の第４外箱部側面部を第３外箱部側面部に対して折り返すことにより、第２端部領域と、底面部第３片部と底面部第４片部の他方とを接着することを特徴とする。 Fifteenth, in the 13th or 14th configuration, in the manufactured packaging box, the bottom surface portion is formed by a one-touch bottom, and any one of the bottom surface portion first piece and the bottom surface portion second piece portion The first end region (64) which is a portion on the other side of the one is foldable via a broken line, and the first end region is formed of the bottom surface portion first piece and the bottom surface portion second piece. The second end region (84), which is bonded to the other side and is the portion on the other side of either one of the bottom face third piece and the bottom face fourth piece, is foldable via a broken line, The second end region is bonded to the other of the bottom surface portion third piece and the bottom surface portion fourth piece, and in the folding step, the bottom surface portion first piece and the bottom surface portion second piece constituting the bottom surface portion of the inner box portion. The first end region is folded outward with respect to the inner sleeve-like portion, and the first end region and the bottom In the state where the adhesive is applied to either the first end portion of the bottom portion or the second end portion of the bottom surface portion, the first end portion side surface portion of the outer case portion is applied. By folding back with respect to the side portion of the second outer box portion, the first end region, the bottom surface portion first piece portion and the other of the bottom surface portion second piece portion are bonded, and in the second bonding step, the inner box portion The bottom face third piece and the bottom face fourth piece constituting the bottom face portion are folded back with respect to the inner sleeve-like portion, the second end area is folded outward, the second end area and the bottom face third In a state where the adhesive is applied to one of the one part and the other part of the bottom part of the fourth part of the bottom surface part, the fourth outer case side surface part of the outer case part is attached to the third outer side. The second end region is bonded to the other of the bottom surface portion third piece and the bottom surface portion fourth piece by folding back with respect to the side surface portion of the box portion. .

また、第１６には、上記第１５の構成において、第２接着工程と折り返し工程の間に、内箱部の底面部を構成する底面部第１片部と底面部第２片部と底面部第３片部と底面部第４片部を内側スリーブ状部に対して折り返すとともに、第１端部領域と第２端部領域を外側に折り返す第２折り返し工程と、第２端部領域と、底面部第３片部と底面部第４片部の他方における該第２端部領域が接着する領域とのいずれかに接着剤を塗布する第１接着剤塗布工程を有し、また、折り返し工程と第３接着工程の間に、外箱部糊代部と第４外箱部側面部における外箱部糊代部が接着する領域のいずれかと、内箱部糊代部と第１内箱部側面部における内箱部糊代部が接着する領域のいずれかと、第１端部領域と、底面部第１片部と底面部第２片部の他方における該第１端部領域が接着する領域とのいずれかとに接着剤を塗布する第２接着剤塗布工程とを有することを特徴とする。 Sixteenthly, in the fifteenth configuration, the first bottom surface portion, the second bottom surface portion, and the bottom surface portion constituting the bottom surface portion of the inner box portion between the second bonding step and the folding step. A second folding step of folding back the first end region and the second end region to the outside, and a second end region; A first adhesive application step of applying an adhesive to any one of the bottom end portion third piece portion and the bottom end portion fourth piece portion to which the second end region adheres, and the folding step; Between the outer box part glue margin part and the outer box part glue margin part of the fourth outer box side surface part, and the inner box part glue margin part and the first inner box part One of the areas to which the inner box part margin part of the side part adheres, the first end part area, the other one of the bottom face part first piece and the bottom face part second piece part. First end region and having a second adhesive applying step of applying adhesive to either the region of bonding that.

また、第１７には、上記第１５の構成において、第２接着工程と折り返し工程の間に、内箱部の底面部を構成する底面部第３片部と底面部第４片部を内側スリーブ状部に対して折り返すとともに第２端部領域を外側に折り返し、その後、第２端部領域と、底面部第３片部と底面部第４片部の他方における該第２端部領域が接着する領域とのいずれかに接着剤を塗布する第１折り返し・接着剤塗布工程を有することを特徴とする。 Seventeenth, in the fifteenth configuration, the third sleeve bottom portion and the fourth bottom portion constituting the bottom portion of the inner box portion are connected to the inner sleeve between the second bonding step and the folding step. And the second end region is folded outward and the second end region is then bonded to the second end region and the other of the bottom piece third piece and the bottom piece fourth piece. It has the 1st folding | turning and adhesive application process which apply | coats an adhesive agent to either of the area | regions to perform.

また、第１８には、上記第１５又は第１７の構成において、折り返し工程と第３接着工程の間に、内箱部の底面部を構成する底面部第１片部と底面部第２片部を内側スリーブ状部に対して折り返すとともに第１端部領域を外側に折り返し、その後、外箱部糊代部と第４外箱部側面部における外箱部糊代部が接着する領域のいずれかと、内箱部糊代部と第１内箱部側面部における内箱部糊代部が接着する領域のいずれかと、第１端部領域と、底面部第１片部と底面部第２片部の他方における該第１端部領域が接着する領域とのいずれかとに接着剤を塗布する第２折り返し・接着剤塗布工程を有することを特徴とする。 In the eighteenth aspect, in the fifteenth or seventeenth configuration, the first bottom surface portion and the second bottom surface portion constituting the bottom surface portion of the inner box portion between the folding step and the third adhesion step. Is folded back with respect to the inner sleeve-shaped portion and the first end region is folded outward, and then the outer box portion paste margin part and the outer box portion paste margin portion on the side surface portion of the fourth outer box portion are bonded to any one of the areas. , Any one of the areas where the inner box part margin part and the inner box part margin part on the side face part of the first inner box part adhere, the first end part area, the bottom part first piece and the bottom part second piece part And a second folding / adhesive application step of applying an adhesive to any one of the regions to which the first end region adheres.

また、第１９には、上記第１５の構成において、第２接着工程と折り返し工程の間に、第２端部領域と、底面部第３片部と底面部第４片部の他方における該第２端部領域が接着する領域とのいずれかに接着剤を塗布し、その後、底面部第３片部と底面部第４片部を内側スリーブ状部に対して折り返すとともに第２端部領域を外側に折り返した状態とする第１接着剤塗布・折り返し工程を有することを特徴とする。 Nineteenth, in the fifteenth configuration, the second end region, the bottom surface portion third piece portion, and the bottom surface portion fourth piece portion in the other of the second end region and the folding back step. The adhesive is applied to either of the two end regions and the bottom end portion third piece portion and the bottom end portion fourth piece portion are folded back with respect to the inner sleeve-like portion, and the second end portion region is It has the 1st adhesive agent application | coating / folding process made into the state turned back outside, It is characterized by the above-mentioned.

また、第２０には、上記第１５又は第１９の構成において、折り返し工程と第３接着工程の間に、外箱部糊代部と第４外箱部側面部における外箱部糊代部が接着する領域のいずれかと、内箱部糊代部と第１内箱部側面部における内箱部糊代部が接着する領域のいずれかと、第１端部領域と、底面部第１片部と底面部第２片部の他方における該第１端部領域が接着する領域とのいずれかとに接着剤を塗布し、その後、内箱部の底面部を構成する底面部第１片部と底面部第２片部を内側スリーブ状部に対して折り返すとともに第１端部領域を外側に折り返した状態とする第２接着剤塗布・折り返し工程を有することを特徴とする。 In the twentieth aspect, in the fifteenth or nineteenth configuration, the outer box portion paste margin portion and the outer box portion paste margin portion in the fourth outer box side surface portion are provided between the folding step and the third adhesion step. Any one of the areas to be bonded, any one of the areas to which the inner box portion paste margin in the inner box portion margin portion and the first inner box portion side surface portion are bonded, the first end region, and the bottom portion first piece portion; Applying an adhesive to any one of the regions where the first end region is bonded to the other of the second bottom portion of the bottom portion, and then the bottom portion first piece and the bottom portion constituting the bottom portion of the inner box portion A second adhesive application / folding step is provided in which the second piece is folded back with respect to the inner sleeve-shaped portion and the first end region is folded outward.

また、第２１には、上記第１３から第２０までのいずれかの構成において、蓋部が、第１外箱部側面部の上辺から連設された第１蓋部片部（２６０）と、第２外箱部側面部の上辺から連設された第２蓋部片部（２７０）と、第３外箱部側面部の上辺から連設された第３蓋部片部（２８０）と、第４外箱部側面部の上辺から連設された第４蓋部片部（２９０）とを有し、第１接着工程で、外箱部に内箱部を接着した際に、接着板部における一部の領域は、第１蓋部片部と第２蓋部片部と第３蓋部片部と第４蓋部片部において、第１外箱部側面部と第２外箱部側面部と第３外箱部側面部と第４外箱部側面部の４つの外箱部側面部の中で特定内箱部側面部に対応する外箱部側面部（２１０）から連設された蓋部片部である特定蓋部片部（２６０）と重なり、接着板部の他の領域は、該特定蓋部片部とは重ならないことを特徴とする。 In the twenty-first configuration, in any one of the thirteenth to twentieth configurations, the lid portion includes a first lid piece piece (260) provided continuously from the upper side of the first outer box side surface portion; A second lid piece piece (270) continuously provided from the upper side of the second outer box side face part, and a third lid piece piece (280) provided continuously from the upper side of the third outer box side face part; A fourth lid part piece (290) provided continuously from the upper side of the side part of the fourth outer box part, and when the inner box part is bonded to the outer box part in the first bonding step, the adhesive plate part In the first lid portion piece portion, the second lid portion piece portion, the third lid portion piece portion, and the fourth lid portion piece portion, the first outer box side surface portion and the second outer box portion side surface. The outer box side surface part (210) corresponding to the specific inner box side surface part among the four outer box side surface parts of the outer side, the third outer box side surface part, and the fourth outer box side surface part A specific lid piece (260) which is a lid piece; Becomes, other areas of the adhesive plate portion, characterized in that it does not overlap with the specific cover piece portion.

また、第２２構成として、以下の構成としてもよい。すなわち、上記第１３から第２１までのいずれかの構成において、上記第１接着工程において、外側スリーブ状部の下端と内側スリーブ状部の下端とを略一致させることを特徴とする。よって、包装箱の状態で外箱部内に内箱部が収納され、内箱部が外箱部の下方から見えることがないので、包装箱の見栄えがよくなる。 The twenty-second configuration may be the following configuration. That is, in any one of the thirteenth to twenty-first configurations, the lower end of the outer sleeve-like portion and the lower end of the inner sleeve-like portion are substantially matched in the first bonding step. Therefore, since the inner box part is accommodated in the outer box part in the state of the packaging box and the inner box part is not seen from below the outer box part, the appearance of the packaging box is improved.

本発明に基づく箱体、包装箱及び包装箱の製造方法によれば、ポケット前部を正面側に引き出す操作を行なうのみでポケットを形成できるので、操作が極めて容易である。特に、ポケットを形成するに際して、差込みや係止の操作がないので、ポケットを形成するための操作が容易となる。また、ポケットを展開した状態では、基部とポケット前部とが前後に間隔を介して略平行に配置されるので、前後方向に広く収納スペースを確保することができる。
また、特に、包装箱の製造方法によれば、第１接着工程においては、外箱部に内箱部を接着した状態では、接着板部の少なくとも一部が外箱部に重ならない非重なり領域となるので、第１折れ線よりも接着板部側である先端側の領域を第１折れ線を介して折り返す際に、容易に折り返すことができる。 According to the box, packaging box, and packaging box manufacturing method based on the present invention, the pocket can be formed only by pulling out the front portion of the pocket to the front side, and therefore the operation is extremely easy. In particular, when the pocket is formed, there is no insertion or locking operation, so that the operation for forming the pocket becomes easy. Further, in a state where the pocket is expanded, the base portion and the pocket front portion are disposed substantially parallel to each other with a space in the front-rear direction, so that a large storage space can be secured in the front-rear direction.
In particular, according to the packaging box manufacturing method, in the first bonding step, in the state where the inner box portion is bonded to the outer box portion, at least a part of the adhesive plate portion does not overlap the outer box portion. Therefore, when the region on the tip side which is the adhesive plate portion side of the first broken line is folded back via the first broken line, it can be easily folded.

包装箱の前方斜視図である。It is a front perspective view of a packaging box. 包装箱の後方斜視図である。It is a back perspective view of a packaging box. 包装箱の底面図である。It is a bottom view of a packaging box. 包装箱の内箱部の構成を示す前方斜視図である。It is a front perspective view which shows the structure of the inner-box part of a packaging box. 包装箱における内箱部の展開図である。It is an expanded view of the inner-box part in a packaging box. 図５の要部拡大図である。It is a principal part enlarged view of FIG. 包装箱における外箱部の展開図である。It is an expanded view of the outer box part in a packaging box. 包装箱の製造工程を示す説明図である。It is explanatory drawing which shows the manufacturing process of a packaging box. 包装箱の製造工程を示す説明図である。It is explanatory drawing which shows the manufacturing process of a packaging box. 包装箱の製造工程を示す説明図である。It is explanatory drawing which shows the manufacturing process of a packaging box. 包装箱の製造工程を示す説明図である。It is explanatory drawing which shows the manufacturing process of a packaging box. 包装箱の製造工程を示す説明図である。It is explanatory drawing which shows the manufacturing process of a packaging box. 包装箱の製造工程を示す説明図である。It is explanatory drawing which shows the manufacturing process of a packaging box. 包装箱の使用状態を示す斜視図である。It is a perspective view which shows the use condition of a packaging box. 包装箱の使用状態を示す斜視図である。It is a perspective view which shows the use condition of a packaging box. 包装箱の使用状態を示す斜視図である。It is a perspective view which shows the use condition of a packaging box. 包装箱の使用状態を示す斜視図である。It is a perspective view which shows the use condition of a packaging box. ポケットを展開状態にする工程を示す斜視図である。It is a perspective view which shows the process which makes a pocket an expansion | deployment state. ポケットを展開状態にする工程を示す斜視図である。It is a perspective view which shows the process which makes a pocket an expansion | deployment state. ポケットを展開状態にする工程を示す側面図である。It is a side view which shows the process which makes a pocket an expansion | deployment state. ポケットを展開状態にした状態を示す斜視図である。It is a perspective view which shows the state which made the pocket the expansion | deployment state. ポケットを展開状態にした状態を示す側面図である。It is a side view which shows the state which made the pocket the expansion | deployment state. ポケットを展開状態にした状態を示す底面図である。It is a bottom view which shows the state which made the pocket the expansion | deployment state. 正面部の他の例を示す展開図である。It is an expanded view which shows the other example of a front part.

本発明においては、側面の一部を収納部として使用できる箱体において、ある部材を他の部材に挿通させる操作やある部材を他の部材に係合させる操作が必要なく、収納部を構成するための操作が容易であり、かつ、前後方向に広い収納スペースを確保することができる箱体を提供するという目的を以下のようにして実現した。 In the present invention, in a box that can use a part of the side surface as a storage portion, an operation for inserting a member into another member or an operation for engaging a member with another member is not required, and the storage portion is configured. The object of providing a box that is easy to operate and can secure a large storage space in the front-rear direction is realized as follows.

本発明に基づく実施例１の包装箱Ｐは、図１〜図７等に示すように構成され、内箱部Ａと、外箱部Ｂとを有していて、内箱部Ａと外箱部Ｂのそれぞれが１枚のシート状のブランク（具体的には段ボール（特に、両面段ボール）であり、厚紙等でもよい）により形成されている。なお、両面段ボールにおける中芯の段の方向は、図５、図７に示す円内に示す方向（スリーブ状部５、２０５の下辺に対して直角の方向）である。 The packaging box P of Example 1 based on this invention is comprised as shown in FIGS. 1-7 etc., has the inner box part A and the outer box part B, and the inner box part A and the outer box Each of the portions B is formed of one sheet-like blank (specifically, cardboard (particularly double-sided cardboard), which may be cardboard or the like). Note that the direction of the center step in the double-sided cardboard is the direction shown in the circle shown in FIGS. 5 and 7 (the direction perpendicular to the lower sides of the sleeve-like portions 5 and 205).

内箱部（箱体）Ａは、全体に上部が開口した容器状を呈し、図４、図６等に示すように、スリーブ状部（内側スリーブ状部、側面構成部）５と、底面部５０とを有している。スリーブ状部５は、組立て状態では、底面部５０の周囲から立設して形成され、正面部（内側正面部、第１側面部、特定内箱部側面部）１０と、側面部（内側右側面部、第２側面部）２０と、側面部（内側左側面部、第３側面部）３０と、背面部（内側背面部）４０と、糊代部４９とを有していて、その展開状態は、図５に示すように形成されている。 The inner box portion (box body) A has a container shape with an open upper portion as a whole, and as shown in FIGS. 4, 6, etc., a sleeve-like portion (inner sleeve-like portion, side surface constituting portion) 5 and a bottom portion 50. In the assembled state, the sleeve-like portion 5 is formed standing from the periphery of the bottom surface portion 50, and includes a front portion (inner front portion, first side portion, specific inner box portion side portion) 10 and side portion (inner right side). It has a surface portion, a second side surface portion 20, a side surface portion (inner left side surface portion, third side surface portion) 30, a back surface portion (inner back surface portion) 40, and a glue margin 49. 5 is formed as shown in FIG.

ここで、正面部１０は、図４に示すように、全体に略方形状を呈し、具体的には、図６に示すように、正面部１０の前側を構成する前側構成部１０−１と、正面部１０の後側を構成する後側構成部１０−２と、接着板部１２６とを有している。 Here, as shown in FIG. 4, the front portion 10 has a substantially square shape as a whole. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 6, the front portion 10-that forms the front side of the front portion 10 and The rear part 10-2 that constitutes the rear side of the front part 10 and the adhesive plate part 126 are provided.

すなわち、正面部１０は、図６に示すように、正面前板部（基部前板部）１１０と、正面前板部１１０の上側に切目線（第１切目線）１１０Ｋを介して連設されたポケット前部前板部１１２と、ポケット前部前板部１１２の正面前板部１１０とは反対側の辺部から折れ線（第１折れ線）Ｃ２１ｃを介して連設されたポケット前部後板部１１４と、ポケット前部後板部１１４のポケット前部前板部１１２とは反対側（ポケット前部前板部１１２との連設側とは反対側）の辺部から折れ線Ｃ２３を介して連設された連結板部１１６と、連結板部１１６のポケット前部後板部１１４とは反対側の辺部から折れ線（第２折れ線）Ｃ２４を介して連設されるとともに、切目線１１８Ｋａ−３、１１８Ｋｃ−３を介して連結板部１１６と隣接し、切目線１１８Ｋａ、１１８Ｋｂを介して連設された支持板部１１８と、ポケット前部前板部１１２の正面前板部１１０とは反対側の辺部から折れ線（第３折れ線）Ｃ２１ａを介して連設されたポケット上部左板部（第１ポケット上部板部）１２０と、ポケット前部前板部１１２の正面前板部１１０とは反対側の辺部から折れ線（第４折れ線）Ｃ２１ｂを介して連設されたポケット上部右板部（第２ポケット上部板部）１２２と、支持板部１１８のポケット前部後板部１１４とは反対側の辺部から折れ線（第５折れ線）Ｃ２５を介して連設され、ポケット上部左板部１２０のポケット前部前板部１１２とは反対側（ポケット前部前板部１１２との連設側とは反対側）の辺部から折れ線（第６折れ線）Ｃ２２ａを介して連設され、ポケット上部右板部１２２のポケット前部前板部１１２とは反対側（ポケット前部前板部１１２との連設側とは反対側）の辺部から折れ線（第７折れ線）Ｃ２２ｂを介して連設されるとともに、ポケット前部後板部１１４と切目線１２４Ｋａ、１２４Ｋｂを介して連設され、支持板部１１８と切目線１１８Ｋｃ、１１８Ｋｄを介して隣接した正面後板部（基部後板部）１２４と、正面後板部１２４のポケット上部左板部１２０及びポケット上部右板部１２２から折れ線（第８折れ線）Ｃ２６を介して連設された接着板部１２６と、を有し、前側構成部１０−１は、正面前板部１１０と、ポケット前部前板部１１２とを有し、後側構成部１０−２は、ポケット前部後板部１１４と、連結板部１１６と、支持板部１１８と、ポケット上部左板部１２０と、ポケット上部右板部１２２と、正面後板部１２４とを有している。内箱部Ａにおいては、正面部１０の外側の面側が正面側となる。 That is, as shown in FIG. 6, the front portion 10 is connected to the front front plate portion (base front plate portion) 110 and the front front plate portion 110 via a cut line (first cut line) 110 </ b> K. The pocket front front plate 112 and the pocket front rear plate connected from the side opposite to the front front plate 110 of the pocket front front plate 112 via a fold line (first fold line) C21c. From the side of the portion 114 and the side opposite to the pocket front front plate 112 of the pocket front rear plate 114 (the side opposite to the continuous side with the pocket front front plate 112) via the broken line C23 The connecting plate portion 116 and the side portion of the connecting plate portion 116 opposite to the front pocket rear plate portion 114 are connected via a fold line (second fold line) C24 and a cut line 118Ka−. 3, adjacent to the connecting plate part 116 via 118Kc-3, The support plate 118 provided continuously through 8Ka and 118Kb and the side opposite to the front front plate 110 of the front front plate 112 of the pocket are connected via a broken line (third bent line) C21a. The upper left plate portion (first pocket upper plate portion) 120 and the side opposite to the front front plate portion 110 of the pocket front front plate portion 112 are connected via a broken line (fourth broken line) C21b. The pocket upper right plate portion (second pocket upper plate portion) 122 and the side of the support plate portion 118 opposite to the pocket front rear plate portion 114 are continuously provided via a broken line (fifth broken line) C25. A fold line (sixth fold line) C22a is formed from the side of the pocket upper left plate 120 opposite to the pocket front front plate 112 (on the side opposite to the side connected to the pocket front plate 112). Through the pocket upper right plate 12 The front side of the front plate 112 of the pocket and the side opposite to the side of the front side of the front 112 of the pocket 112 (side opposite to the side connected to the front side 112 of the pocket front) via the line (seventh line) C22b, Front rear plate portion (base rear plate portion) 124 that is connected to the front pocket rear plate portion 114 through the cut lines 124Ka and 124Kb and adjacent to the support plate portion 118 through the cut lines 118Kc and 118Kd, and the front rear An adhesive plate portion 126 continuously provided from the pocket upper left plate portion 120 and the pocket upper right plate portion 122 of the plate portion 124 via a fold line (eighth fold line) C26. It has a front front plate portion 110 and a pocket front front plate portion 112, and the rear component portion 10-2 includes a pocket front rear plate portion 114, a connecting plate portion 116, a support plate portion 118, and a pocket. Upper left plate part 120 and pocket upper right plate Part 122 and front rear plate part 124. In the inner box part A, the outer surface side of the front part 10 is the front side.

ポケット前部前板部１１２は、ポケット前部後板部１１４に接着され、正面後板部１２４は、正面前板部１１０に接着され、接着板部１２６は、第１片部６０に接着されている。このように接着した状態では、後側構成部１０−２は、ポケット前部前板部１１２に対して折れ線Ｃ２１ａ、Ｃ２１ｂ、Ｃ２１ｃを介して折り返した状態となっている。 The pocket front front plate portion 112 is bonded to the pocket front rear plate portion 114, the front rear plate portion 124 is bonded to the front front plate portion 110, and the adhesive plate portion 126 is bonded to the first piece portion 60. ing. In the bonded state, the rear side component 10-2 is in a state of being folded back with respect to the pocket front front plate 112 through the fold lines C21a, C21b, and C21c.

ポケット前部前板部１１２とポケット前部後板部１１４とで、ポケット前部１１１が構成され、正面前板部１１０と正面後板部１２４とで、下正面部１０９が構成される。 The pocket front front plate portion 112 and the pocket front rear plate portion 114 constitute a pocket front portion 111, and the front front plate portion 110 and the front rear plate portion 124 constitute a lower front portion 109.

なお、ポケット前部１１１を正面側にスライドさせてポケットを形成する際に、突状部１１８−１、１１８−２（後述）の先端がポケット前部前板部１１２の裏面に接触して該裏面を押すことにより、ポケット前部前板部１１２とポケット前部後板部１１４間に隙間が形成されて、ポケット前部前板部１１２とポケット前部後板部１１４とが角度を介して開いた状態となるように、接着剤を塗布する領域は、ポケット前部後板部１１２において、左右方向において、突状部１１８−１、１１８−２間の領域Ｒ１（左右方向において、折れ線Ｃ２３の一方の端部から他方の端部までの領域）とする。つまり、左右方向において、突状部１１８−１の領域や突状部１１８−２の領域にまで接着剤を塗布すると、特に、突状部１１８−１、１１８−２に近い領域が接着されている場合には、突状部１１８−１、１１８−２の先端がポケット前部前板部１１２の裏面を押して、ポケット前部前板部１１２とポケット前部後板部１１４間に隙間を形成することができない。 When the pocket front part 111 is slid to the front side to form a pocket, the tips of the projecting parts 118-1, 118-2 (described later) come into contact with the back surface of the pocket front front plate part 112 and By pressing the back surface, a gap is formed between the pocket front front plate portion 112 and the pocket front rear plate portion 114, and the pocket front front plate portion 112 and the pocket front rear plate portion 114 are connected via an angle. The region where the adhesive is applied so as to be in the open state is the region R1 between the protruding portions 118-1 and 118-2 in the left-right direction in the pocket front rear plate portion 112 (the broken line C23 in the left-right direction). Area from one end to the other end). That is, in the left-right direction, when the adhesive is applied to the region of the projecting portion 118-1 and the region of the projecting portion 118-2, the regions close to the projecting portions 118-1 and 118-2 are particularly bonded. In the case where the protrusions 118-1 and 118-2 are in contact with each other, the front ends of the pocket front front plate portion 112 push the back surface of the pocket front portion 112 to form a gap between the pocket front front plate portion 112 and the pocket front rear plate portion 114. Can not do it.

なお、突状部１１８−１、１１８−２がポケット前部前板部１１２を確実に押すことができるように、傾斜後板部１１４の折れ線Ｃ２２に沿った辺部付近も接着するのが好ましい。 In addition, it is preferable that the vicinity of the side portion along the broken line C <b> 22 of the inclined rear plate portion 114 is also bonded so that the protruding portions 118-1 and 118-2 can surely press the front pocket front plate portion 112. .

なお、接着剤を塗布する領域をポケット前部前板部１１２の代わりに、ポケット前部後板部１１４としてもよい。その場合も、左右方向において、突状部１１８−１、１１８−２間の領域とする。 The area where the adhesive is applied may be the pocket front rear plate portion 114 instead of the pocket front front plate portion 112. Also in that case, it is set as the region between the projecting portions 118-1 and 118-2 in the left-right direction.

ここで、正面前板部１１０は、横長長方形状の上側が窪んだ略凹状を呈し、左側面側の辺部は、折れ線Ｃ１を介して側面部３０から連設され、右側面側の辺部は、折れ線Ｃ２を介して側面部２０から連設され、底面側の辺部は、第１片部６０と折れ線Ｃ５を介して連設されている。また、正面前板部１１０の上辺は、側面部３０の上辺から連設された辺部１１０ａと、側面部２０の上辺から連設された辺部１１０ｂと、辺部１１０ａの右側面側の端部から辺部１１０ｂの左側面側の端部まで切目線１１０Ｋ及び開口部１０ｈａに沿って形成された辺部とを有している。 Here, the front front plate portion 110 has a substantially rectangular shape with an oblong upper side that is a horizontally long rectangular shape, and the side portion on the left side surface is continuously provided from the side surface portion 30 via the polygonal line C1, and the side portion on the right side surface side. Are continuously provided from the side surface portion 20 via the polygonal line C2, and the side portion on the bottom surface side is continuously provided via the first piece portion 60 via the polygonal line C5. Further, the upper side of the front front plate part 110 includes a side part 110a continuously provided from the upper side of the side part 30, a side part 110b provided continuously from the upper side of the side part 20, and an end on the right side of the side part 110a. And a side portion formed along the score line 110K and the opening 10ha from the left side to the end on the left side of the side portion 110b.

切目線１１０Ｋは、水平方向（折れ線Ｃ５と平行な方向）に形成され、辺部１１０ａ、１１０ｂよりも下側に設けられた切目線１１０Ｋａと、切目線１１０Ｋａの左側面側の端部から辺部１１０ａの右側面側の端部まで形成された切目線１１０Ｋｂと、切目線１１０Ｋａの右側面側の端部から辺部１１０ｂの左側面側の端部まで形成された切目線１１０Ｋｃとを有し、切目線１１０Ｋｂは、辺部１１０ａから連設された略円弧状の切目線１１０Ｋｂ−１と、切目線１１０Ｋｂ−１から連設された直線状の切目線１１０Ｋｂ−２と、切目線１１０Ｋｂ−２から連設され、切目線１１０Ｋａまで形成された略円弧状の切目線１１０Ｋｂ−３とを有し、切目線１１０Ｋｃは、辺部１１０ｂから連設された略円弧状の切目線１１０Ｋｃ−１と、切目線１１０Ｋｃ−１から連設された直線状の切目線１１０Ｋｃ−２と、切目線１１０Ｋｃ−２から連設され、切目線１１０Ｋａまで形成された略円弧状の切目線１１０Ｋｃ−３とを有している。切目線１１０Ｋは、全体として、複数の切込みが間隔を介して形成された切断予定線により形成されている。 The cut line 110K is formed in the horizontal direction (a direction parallel to the broken line C5), the cut line 110Ka provided below the side parts 110a and 110b, and the side part from the end on the left side of the cut line 110Ka. A cut line 110Kb formed up to an end portion on the right side surface of 110a, and a cut line 110Kc formed from an end portion on the right side surface side of the cut line 110Ka to an end portion on the left side surface side of the side portion 110b, The cut line 110Kb includes a substantially arc-shaped cut line 110Kb-1 provided continuously from the side 110a, a linear cut line 110Kb-2 provided continuously from the cut line 110Kb-1, and a cut line 110Kb-2. A substantially arc-shaped cut line 110Kb-3 that is provided up to the cut line 110Ka, and the cut line 110Kc includes a substantially arc-shaped cut line 110Kc-1 that is provided continuously from the side 110b; Eyes A straight cut line 110Kc-2 continuously provided from 10Kc-1 and a substantially arc-shaped cut line 110Kc-3 provided from the cut line 110Kc-2 to the cut line 110Ka. . The cut line 110K as a whole is formed by a planned cutting line in which a plurality of cuts are formed at intervals.

なお、正面前板部１１０には、円形の一部からなる切欠部１０ｈａが設けられ、この切欠部１０ｈａの円弧状の辺部は、正面部１０を折れ線Ｃ２１ａ、Ｃ２１ｂ、Ｃ２１ｃを介して折り返した状態で、開口部１０ｈｂと重なる位置に設けられている。つまり、切欠部１０ｈａが形成されている箇所では、正面前板部１１２には、切目線１１０Ｋの右側面側の端部と切目線１１０Ｋｃ−３の代わりに、切欠部１０ｈａに沿った辺部が形成されていて、切欠部１０ｈａは、ポケット前部前板部１１２と接している。 The front front plate portion 110 is provided with a cutout portion 10ha formed of a part of a circle, and the arc-shaped side portion of the cutout portion 10ha is folded back through the front portion 10 via broken lines C21a, C21b, and C21c. In the state, it is provided at a position overlapping the opening 10hb. That is, at the place where the notch 10ha is formed, the front front plate 112 has a side portion along the notch 10ha instead of the end on the right side of the score line 110K and the notch 110Kc-3. The notch 10ha is in contact with the front pocket front plate 112.

また、ポケット前部前板部１１２は、左右両側には、水平方向に対して直角な直線状の辺部１１２ａ、１１２ｂを有するとともに、底面側には、切目線１１０Ｋに沿った辺部を有し、上面側には、辺部１１２ａから連設された折れ線Ｃ２１ａと辺部１１２ｂから連設された折れ線Ｃ２１ｂと折れ線Ｃ２１ａと折れ線Ｃ２１ｂ間の折れ線Ｃ２１ｃに沿った辺部とを有している。折れ線Ｃ２１ａ、Ｃ２１ｂ、Ｃ２１ｃに沿った辺部は、１つの直線状の辺部を呈している。折れ線Ｃ２１ａ、Ｃ２１ｂ、Ｃ２１ｃは、水平方向（折れ線Ｃ５の方向）に形成されている。 Further, the front pocket front plate portion 112 has straight side portions 112a and 112b perpendicular to the horizontal direction on both the left and right sides, and has a side portion along the cut line 110K on the bottom side. On the upper surface side, there are a broken line C21a continuously provided from the side part 112a, a broken line C21b continuously provided from the side part 112b, and a side part along the broken line C21c between the broken line C21a and the broken line C21b. The side portions along the polygonal lines C21a, C21b, and C21c present one straight side portion. The broken lines C21a, C21b, C21c are formed in the horizontal direction (the direction of the broken line C5).

また、ポケット前部後板部１１４は、左右両側には、切目線（第６切目線）１２０Ｋに沿った辺部と切目線（第７切目線）１２２Ｋに沿った辺部を有し、ポケット前部前板部１１２側には、折れ線Ｃ２１ｃに沿った辺部を有し、ポケット前部前板部１１２側とは反対側には、切目線（第８切目線）１２４Ｋａと切目線１１８Ｋａと折れ線Ｃ２３と切目線１１８Ｋｂと切目線（第９切目線）１２４Ｋｂに沿った辺部を有している。 Further, the pocket front rear plate part 114 has a side part along the cut line (sixth cut line) 120K and a side part along the cut line (seventh cut line) 122K on both the left and right sides. On the front front plate portion 112 side, there is a side portion along the fold line C21c, and on the side opposite to the pocket front front plate portion 112 side is a cut line (eighth cut line) 124Ka and a cut line 118Ka. It has sides along the broken line C23, the cut line 118Kb, and the cut line (9th cut line) 124Kb.

ここで、切目線１２０Ｋ、１２２Ｋは、折れ線Ｃ２１ｃに対して直角に直線状に形成され、連続した切込みにより形成されている。また、切目線１２４Ｋａは、切目線１２０Ｋから連設され、切目線１２０Ｋに対して直角に直線状に形成され、折れ線Ｃ２２ａの延長線上に形成されている。また、切目線１１８Ｋａは、切目線１１８Ｋａ−１と切目線１１８Ｋａ−２とを有し、切目線１１８Ｋａ−１は、切目線１２４Ｋａの右側面側の端部から切目線１２４Ｋａに対して鈍角に形成され、折れ線Ｃ２１ｃ側にいくほど右側面側となるように水平方向に対して傾斜して直線状に形成されている。また、切目線１１８Ｋａ−２は、切目線１１８Ｋａの右側面側の端部から連設され、水平方向に形成されている。また、折れ線Ｃ２３は、切目線１１８Ｋａ−２の右側面側の端部から水平方向に（つまり、切目線１１８Ｋａ−２の延長線上に）直線状に形成されている。また、切目線１１８Ｋｂ−２は、折れ線Ｃ２３の右側面側の端部から水平方向に（つまり、折れ線Ｃ２３の延長線上に）直線状に形成されている。また、切目線１１８Ｋｂ−１は、切目線１１８Ｋｂ−２の右側面側の端部から連設され、折れ線Ｃ２１ｃ側とは反対側にいくほど右側面側となるように水平方向に対して傾斜して直線状に形成されている。また、切目線１２４Ｋｂは、切目線１１８Ｋｂ−１から連設され、水平方向に形成され、折れ線Ｃ２２ｂの延長線状に形成されている。切目線１２２Ｋは、切目線１２４Ｋｂの右側面側の端部から連設されている。 Here, the cut lines 120K and 122K are linearly formed at right angles to the broken line C21c, and are formed by continuous cuts. The cut line 124Ka is connected to the cut line 120K, is formed in a straight line at a right angle to the cut line 120K, and is formed on an extension line of the broken line C22a. The cut line 118Ka includes a cut line 118Ka-1 and a cut line 118Ka-2. The cut line 118Ka-1 is formed at an obtuse angle with respect to the cut line 124Ka from the end portion on the right side of the cut line 124Ka. In addition, it is formed in a straight line inclined with respect to the horizontal direction so as to be on the right side as it goes to the broken line C21c side. In addition, the cut line 118Ka-2 is continuously provided from an end portion on the right side surface of the cut line 118Ka, and is formed in the horizontal direction. The broken line C23 is formed in a straight line in the horizontal direction (that is, on the extension line of the cut line 118Ka-2) from the end portion on the right side surface of the cut line 118Ka-2. The cut line 118Kb-2 is formed in a straight line in the horizontal direction (that is, on the extended line of the broken line C23) from the end portion on the right side of the broken line C23. In addition, the score line 118Kb-1 is provided continuously from the end portion on the right side of the score line 118Kb-2, and is inclined with respect to the horizontal direction so as to be on the right side as it goes to the side opposite to the broken line C21c side. It is formed in a straight line. The score line 124Kb is connected to the score line 118Kb-1, is formed in the horizontal direction, and is formed as an extension of the broken line C22b. The cut line 122K is continuously provided from the right side end of the cut line 124Kb.

また、連結板部１１６は、台形形状を呈し、折れ線Ｃ２３に沿った辺部と、折れ線Ｃ２３の左側面側の端部から連設された直線状の切目線１１８Ｋａ−３に沿った辺部と、折れ線Ｃ２３の右側面側の端部から連設された直線状の切目線１１８Ｋｂ−３に沿った辺部と、折れ線Ｃ２４に沿った辺部を有している。 Further, the connecting plate portion 116 has a trapezoidal shape, a side portion along the polygonal line C23, and a side portion along the straight score line 118Ka-3 provided continuously from the end portion on the left side of the polygonal line C23. In addition, it has a side portion along a straight cut line 118Kb-3 continuously provided from an end portion on the right side surface of the broken line C23 and a side portion along the broken line C24.

ここで、切目線１１８Ｋａ−３と切目線１１８Ｋｂ−３は、水平方向に対して傾斜して形成され、折れ線Ｃ２３から折れ線Ｃ２４側にいくに従い、切目線１１８Ｋａ−３と切目線１１８Ｋｂ−３間の距離が短くなるようなテーパ状に形成されている。折れ線Ｃ２４の左側面側の端部は、切目線１１８Ｋａ−３に接し、右側面側の端部は、切目線１１８Ｋｂ−３に接している。折れ線Ｃ２３、Ｃ２４は、水平方向に形成されている。 Here, the score line 118Ka-3 and the score line 118Kb-3 are formed to be inclined with respect to the horizontal direction, and between the score line 118Ka-3 and the score line 118Kb-3 as it goes from the polygonal line C23 to the polygonal line C24 side. The taper is formed so that the distance is shortened. The end on the left side of the polygonal line C24 is in contact with the cut line 118Ka-3, and the end on the right side is in contact with the cut line 118Kb-3. The polygonal lines C23 and C24 are formed in the horizontal direction.

なお、ポケット前部後板部１１４と連結板部１１６とで、ポケット前部後構成部１１３構成される。 The pocket front rear plate portion 114 and the connecting plate portion 116 constitute a pocket front rear component portion 113.

また、支持板部１１８は、ポケットを展開状態とした際に、ポケット前部１１１を支持するものであり、連結板部１１６の折れ線Ｃ２３に沿った辺部を除く辺部に沿った辺部（つまり、切目線１１８Ｋａ−３と折れ線Ｃ２４と切目線１１８Ｋｂ−３に沿った辺部）と、切目線１１８Ｋａに沿った辺部と、切目線１１８Ｋｂに沿った辺部と、切目線（第４切目線）１１８Ｋｃに沿った辺部と、切目線（第５切目線）１１８Ｋｄに沿った辺部と、折れ線Ｃ２５に沿った辺部を有している。 Further, the support plate portion 118 supports the pocket front portion 111 when the pocket is in an unfolded state. The support plate portion 118 is a side portion along the side portion except the side portion along the fold line C23 of the connecting plate portion 116 ( That is, the cut line 118Ka-3, the broken line C24, the side along the cut line 118Kb-3), the side along the cut line 118Ka, the side along the cut line 118Kb, and the cut line (fourth cut). (Line of sight) has a side part along 118Kc, a side part along cut line (fifth cut line) 118Kd, and a side part along broken line C25.

ここで、切目線１１８Ｋｃは、切目線１１８Ｋｃ−１と切目線Ｋｃ−２を有し、切目線１１８Ｋｃ−１は、切目線１１８Ｋａ−１と切目線１２４Ｋａの接点から連設され、接着板部１２６側にいくほど右側面側となるように水平方向に対して傾斜して直線状に形成され、切目線１１８Ｋｃ−２は、切目線１１８Ｋｃ−１の接着板部１２６側の端部から連設され、水平方向に対して直角の方向に直線状に形成されている。 Here, the cut line 118Kc has a cut line 118Kc-1 and a cut line Kc-2, and the cut line 118Kc-1 is continuously provided from a contact point between the cut line 118Ka-1 and the cut line 124Ka, and the adhesive plate portion 126. As it goes to the side, it is inclined with respect to the horizontal direction so as to be on the right side, and the cut line 118Kc-2 is continuously provided from the end of the cut line 118Kc-1 on the adhesive plate part 126 side. It is formed linearly in a direction perpendicular to the horizontal direction.

また、切目線１１８Ｋｄは、切目線１１８Ｋｄ−１と切目線Ｋｄ−２を有し、切目線１１８Ｋｄ−１は、切目線１１８Ｋｂ−１と切目線１２４Ｋｂの接点から連設され、接着板部１２６側にいくほど左側面側となるように水平方向に対して傾斜して直線状に形成され、切目線１１８Ｋｄ−２は、切目線１１８Ｋｄ−１の接着板部１２６側の端部から連設され、水平方向に対して直角の方向の直線状の切目線が切目線１１８Ｋｄ−１の端部から連設され、さらに、該直線状の切目線の端部から円弧状の切目線が連設されて、該円弧状の切目線は、折れ線Ｃ２５の右側面側の端部で接している。この円弧状の切目線は、円形の開口部１０ｈｂと同心円状に形成されている。つまり、切目線１１８Ｋｄと開口部１０ｈｂ間の長さが著しく短くならないように（著しく短くなると、切目線１１８Ｋｄと開口部１０ｈｂ間の領域が切断（「破断」としてもよい。他においても同じ）するおそれがある）、迂回して形成されている。また、折れ線Ｃ２５は、切目線１１８Ｋｃ−２の接着板部１２６側の端部と切目線１１８Ｋｄ−２の接着板部１２６側の端部との間に水平方向に形成されている。 Further, the cut line 118Kd has a cut line 118Kd-1 and a cut line Kd-2, and the cut line 118Kd-1 is continuously provided from the contact point between the cut line 118Kb-1 and the cut line 124Kb, and is on the side of the adhesive plate 126. As it goes to the left side, it is inclined and linearly formed with respect to the horizontal direction, and the cut line 118Kd-2 is continuously provided from the end of the cut line 118Kd-1 on the adhesive plate part 126 side. A straight score line in a direction perpendicular to the horizontal direction is connected from the end of the score line 118Kd-1, and an arc-shaped score line is connected from the end of the straight score line. The arc-shaped cut line is in contact with the end portion on the right side of the broken line C25. This arc-shaped cut line is formed concentrically with the circular opening 10hb. That is, the length between the score line 118Kd and the opening 10hb is not significantly shortened (if the length is significantly shortened, the region between the score line 118Kd and the opening 10hb may be cut (“break” may be applied). There is a risk). The broken line C25 is formed in the horizontal direction between the end portion of the cut line 118Kc-2 on the adhesive plate portion 126 side and the end portion of the cut line 118Kd-2 on the adhesive plate portion 126 side.

支持板部１１８は、上記の形状を有しているので、切目線１１８Ｋａに沿った辺部と切目線１１８Ｋａ−３に沿った辺部により形成された突状部１１８−１と、切目線１１８Ｋｂに沿った辺部と切目線１１８Ｋｂ−３に沿った辺部により形成された突状部１１８−２を有している。 Since the support plate portion 118 has the above-described shape, the protrusion 118-1 formed by the side portion along the cut line 118Ka and the side portion along the cut line 118Ka-3, and the cut line 118Kb. And a projecting portion 118-2 formed by the side portion along the cut line 118Kb-3.

なお、切目線１１８Ｋａと切目線１１８Ｋａ−３とで、切目線（第２切目線）１１８ＫＡが構成され、切目線１１８Ｋｂと切目線１１８Ｋｂ−３とで、切目線（第３切目線）１１８ＫＢが構成される。 The cut line 118Ka and the cut line 118Ka-3 form a cut line (second cut line) 118KA, and the cut line 118Kb and the cut line 118Kb-3 form a cut line (third cut line) 118KB. Is done.

切目線１２４Ｋａ、１１８Ｋａ、１１８Ｋｂ、１２４Ｋｂは、切断予定線としての切目線であり、切目線１１８Ｋａ−１、１１８Ｋｂ−１は連続した切込みとしての切目線であり、切目線１１８ＫＡ、１１８ＫＢは、全体として切断予定線により形成され、１２４Ｋａと１１８ＫＡからなる切目線は、全体としては切断予定線により形成され、切目線１２４Ｋｂ、１１８ＫＢからなる切目線は、全体としては切断予定線により形成されている。 The cut lines 124Ka, 118Ka, 118Kb, and 124Kb are cut lines as planned cutting lines, the cut lines 118Ka-1, 118Kb-1 are cut lines as continuous cuts, and the cut lines 118KA, 118KB as a whole The cut line formed by the planned cut lines and formed by 124Ka and 118KA is formed by the planned cut lines as a whole, and the cut lines formed by the cut lines 124Kb and 118KB are formed by the planned cut lines as a whole.

なお、切目線１２４Ｋａ、１２４Ｋｂが切断予定線であるので、不用意に切目線１１０Ｋが切断しても、切目線１２４Ｋａ、１２４Ｋｂが切断しなければ、支持板部１１８が連結板部１１６に対して回動することがなく、切目線１２４Ｋａ、１２４Ｋｂが切断しなければ、支持板部１１８が連結板部１１６に対して回動することがないので、不用意に切目線１１０Ｋが切断しても、支持板部が、正面後板部１２４や連結板部１１６に対して回動してしまうことがない。 In addition, since the cut lines 124Ka and 124Kb are planned cutting lines, even if the cut line 110K is cut carelessly, if the cut lines 124Ka and 124Kb are not cut, the support plate portion 118 is connected to the connecting plate portion 116. If the cut lines 124Ka and 124Kb are not cut without turning, the support plate 118 will not turn with respect to the connecting plate 116, so even if the cut line 110K is cut carelessly. The support plate portion does not rotate with respect to the front rear plate portion 124 and the connecting plate portion 116.

また、同様に、切目線１１８ＫＡ、１１８ＫＢが切断予定線であるので、不用意に切目線１１０Ｋが切断しても、切目線１１８ＫＡ、１１８ＫＢが切断しなければ、支持板部１１６が正面後板部１１８に対して回動することがなく、切目線１１８ＫＡ、１１８ＫＢが切断しなければ、支持板部１１６が傾斜後板部１１４に対して回動することがないので、不用意に切目線１１０Ｋが切断しても、支持板部が、正面後板部１１８や傾斜後板部１１４に対して回動してしまうことがない。 Similarly, since the cut lines 118KA and 118KB are planned cutting lines, even if the cut line 110K is cut carelessly, if the cut lines 118KA and 118KB are not cut, the support plate portion 116 is moved to the front rear plate portion. If the cut lines 118KA and 118KB are not cut with respect to 118 and the cut lines 118KA and 118KB are not cut, the support plate part 116 will not be rotated with respect to the inclined rear plate part 114. Even if it cut | disconnects, a support plate part will not rotate with respect to the front rear board part 118 or the inclination rear board part 114. FIG.

また、ポケット上部左板部１２０は、辺部１１２ａの延長線上の辺部１２０ａと、折れ線Ｃ２１ａに沿った辺部と、切目線１２０Ｋに沿った辺部と、折れ線Ｃ２２ａに沿った辺部を有し、全体に方形状を呈している。折れ線Ｃ２１ａ、Ｃ２２ａの一方の端部は、辺部１２０ａの端部に接し、他方の端部は、切目線１２０Ｋの端部に接している。 Further, the pocket upper left plate portion 120 has a side portion 120a on the extended line of the side portion 112a, a side portion along the broken line C21a, a side portion along the cut line 120K, and a side portion along the broken line C22a. However, it has a square shape as a whole. One end of the polygonal lines C21a and C22a is in contact with the end of the side 120a, and the other end is in contact with the end of the score line 120K.

同様に、ポケット上部右板部１２２は、辺部１１２ｂの延長線上の辺部１２２ａと、折れ線Ｃ２１ｂに沿った辺部と、切目線１２２Ｋに沿った辺部と、折れ線Ｃ２２ｂに沿った辺部を有し、全体に方形状を呈している。折れ線Ｃ２１ｂ、Ｃ２２ｂの一方の端部は、辺部１２０ｂの端部に接し、他方の端部は、切目線１２２Ｋの端部に接している。 Similarly, the pocket upper right plate portion 122 includes a side portion 122a on the extension line of the side portion 112b, a side portion along the broken line C21b, a side portion along the cut line 122K, and a side portion along the broken line C22b. It has a square shape as a whole. One end of the polygonal lines C21b and C22b is in contact with the end of the side 120b, and the other end is in contact with the end of the score line 122K.

また、正面後板部１２４は、辺部１１２ａの延長線上の辺部１２４ａと、折れ線（第８折れ線）Ｃ２６と、辺部１１２ｂの延長線上の辺部１２４ｂとを有し、接着板部１２６側とは反対側には、折れ線Ｃ２２ａと切目線１２４Ｋａと切目線１１８Ｋｃと折れ線Ｃ２５と切目線１１８Ｋｄと切目線１２４Ｋｂと折れ線Ｃ２２ｂに沿った辺部を有している。 The front rear plate portion 124 includes a side portion 124a on the extension line of the side portion 112a, a fold line (eighth fold line) C26, and a side portion 124b on the extension line of the side portion 112b. On the opposite side, there are sides along the broken line C22a, the cut line 124Ka, the cut line 118Kc, the broken line C25, the cut line 118Kd, the cut line 124Kb, and the broken line C22b.

また、正面後板部１２４の上側の領域には、円形の開口部１０ｈｂが形成されている。この開口部１０ｈｂは、開口部１０ｈａに重なった状態で、指を係止するための開口部を形成する。 A circular opening 10hb is formed in the upper region of the front rear plate portion 124. The opening 10hb forms an opening for locking a finger in a state where it overlaps the opening 10ha.

また、接着板部１２６は、先端側にいくほど幅狭となる台形形状を呈し、左右両側の辺部１２６ａ、１２６ｂは折れ線Ｃ２６に対して鋭角に傾斜している。これは、図９に示すように、接着板部１２６を第１片部６０に接着させた際に、辺部１２６ａ、１２６ｂが第１片部６０の辺部と平行（略平行としてもよい）となるようにするためである。また、接着板部１２６の先端側の辺部１２６ｃは、水平方向に形成されている。 Further, the adhesive plate portion 126 has a trapezoidal shape that becomes narrower toward the tip side, and the side portions 126a and 126b on both the left and right sides are inclined at an acute angle with respect to the broken line C26. As shown in FIG. 9, when the adhesive plate 126 is bonded to the first piece 60, the sides 126a and 126b are parallel to the sides of the first piece 60 (may be substantially parallel). This is to ensure that Further, the side portion 126c on the distal end side of the adhesive plate portion 126 is formed in the horizontal direction.

この接着板部１２６は、包装箱Ｐの製造に際して、正面部１０を折り返すために設けられており、組立て装置（「自動製函機」としてもよい（他においても同じ））において、接着板部１２６の箇所で正面部１０の先端側を回動させて、折れ線Ｃ２１ａ、Ｃ２１ｂ、Ｃ２１ｃを介して折り返す。 The adhesive plate portion 126 is provided for folding the front portion 10 when the packaging box P is manufactured. In the assembly apparatus (which may be an “automatic box making machine” (the same applies to other cases)), the adhesive plate portion The front end side of the front portion 10 is rotated at 126, and folded back via the broken lines C21a, C21b, C21c.

また、接着板部１２６が第１片部６０に接着されるので、正面後板部をより強固に固定させることができる。 Moreover, since the adhesive plate part 126 is adhere | attached on the 1st piece part 60, a front rear board part can be fixed more firmly.

また、折れ線Ｃ２１ａ、Ｃ２１ｂ、Ｃ２１ｃと折れ線Ｃ５間の長さＬ１１と折れ線Ｃ２１ａ、Ｃ２１ｂ、Ｃ２１ｃと折れ線Ｃ２６間の長さＬ１２は、同一（略同一としてもよい）に形成されていて、これにより、ポケット前部前板部１１２とポケット前部後板部１１４が接着し、正面前板部１１０が正面後板部１２４に接着した状態で、接着板部１２６が第１片部６０に接着した状態となる。 Further, the length L11 between the broken lines C21a, C21b, C21c and the broken line C5 and the length L12 between the broken lines C21a, C21b, C21c and the broken line C26 are formed to be the same (may be substantially the same). A state in which the front plate portion 112 and the front rear plate portion 114 of the pocket are bonded, the front front plate portion 110 is bonded to the front rear plate portion 124, and the bonding plate portion 126 is bonded to the first piece 60. It becomes.

また、正面部１０の展開状態において、折れ線Ｃ２１ａと折れ線Ｃ２２ａ間の長さＬ２２や折れ線Ｃ２１ｂと折れ線Ｃ２２ｂ間の長さＬ２３は、折れ線Ｃ２５と折れ線Ｃ２３間の長さＬ２１と略同一（同一としてもよい）に形成されていて、ポケット前部１１１を手前に引き出した際に、ポケット前部前板部１１２の正面側の面は、鉛直方向を向いた状態で正面側下方にスライドし、ポケット前部１１１は、下正面部１０９とは平行（略平行としてもよい）な状態で、正面側下方にスライドする。また、ポケット前部１１１を手前に引き出した際に、ポケット上部左板部１２０及びポケット上部右板部１２２は、正面後板部１２４に対して回動するが、その際、ポケット上部左板部１２０及びポケット上部右板部１２２と支持板部１１８とは略平行を保つことになる。 Further, in the unfolded state of the front portion 10, the length L22 between the polygonal line C21a and the polygonal line C22a and the length L23 between the polygonal line C21b and the polygonal line C22b are substantially the same as the length L21 between the polygonal line C25 and the polygonal line C23. When the pocket front part 111 is pulled out to the front, the front side surface of the pocket front front plate part 112 slides downward in the front direction while facing the vertical direction. The part 111 slides downward on the front side in a state parallel to the lower front part 109 (may be substantially parallel). Further, when the pocket front portion 111 is pulled forward, the pocket upper left plate portion 120 and the pocket upper right plate portion 122 rotate with respect to the front rear plate portion 124. At this time, the pocket upper left plate portion 120 and the pocket upper right plate part 122 and the support plate part 118 are kept substantially parallel.

また、折れ線Ｃ５と、折れ線Ｃ２１ａ、Ｃ２１ｂと、折れ線Ｃ２２ａ、Ｃ２２ｂと、折れ線Ｃ２３と、折れ線Ｃ２４と、折れ線Ｃ２５と、折れ線Ｃ２６は、互いに平行に形成されており、いずれも直線状に形成されている。 The broken line C5, the broken lines C21a, C21b, the broken lines C22a, C22b, the broken line C23, the broken line C24, the broken line C25, and the broken line C26 are formed in parallel to each other, and are all formed in a straight line. Yes.

正面部１０の展開状態においては、正面部１０における接着板部１２６を除く領域は、開口部１０ｈａ、１０ｈｂと切目線１１８Ｋｄの構成を除き、上下方向の中心線を介して左右線対称に形成されている。 In the unfolded state of the front part 10, the area excluding the adhesive plate part 126 in the front part 10 is formed symmetrically with respect to the left and right lines through the center line in the vertical direction except for the configuration of the openings 10ha and 10hb and the cut line 118Kd. ing.

なお、上記の説明において、切目線１２４Ｋａ、１１８Ｋａ−２、１１８Ｋｂ−２、１２４Ｋｂは、切断予定線としての切目線であるとして説明したが、連続した切込みにより形成された切目線として、切断の必要がないものとしてもよい。 In the above description, the cut lines 124Ka, 118Ka-2, 118Kb-2, and 124Kb have been described as cut lines as planned cutting lines. However, the cut lines need to be cut as cut lines formed by continuous cutting. There may be no.

また、側面部２０は、正面部１０の右側面側の端部から折れ線Ｃ２を介して連設され、方形状における正面上側の一部を切り欠いた形状を呈し、側面部２０の上辺は、正面前板部１１０の上辺１１０ｂから連続して水平方向に形成された直線状の辺部２０ａと、辺部２０ａの背面側の端部から連設され、背面側に上方に傾斜して形成された直線状の辺部２０ｂと、辺部２０ｂの上端から略円弧状に形成された辺部２０ｃと、辺部２０ｃの上端かつ背面側の端部から背面側に向けて水平に形成された（側面部２０の下辺と平行に形成された）辺部２０ｄとを有している。この辺部２０ｃは、背面部４０の上端の縁部の高さと同じに形成されている。この側面部２０は、本体部（内側右側面部本体部）２２と、分離部（第１分離部）２４とを有している。 Moreover, the side part 20 is continuously provided from the edge part of the right side surface side of the front part 10 via the broken line C2, exhibits a shape in which a part of the front upper side in the square shape is cut out, and the upper side of the side part 20 is A straight side portion 20a formed continuously in a horizontal direction from the upper side 110b of the front front plate portion 110 and a rear end portion on the back side of the side portion 20a are formed so as to be inclined upward on the back side. The straight side portion 20b, the side portion 20c formed in a substantially arc shape from the upper end of the side portion 20b, and the upper end of the side portion 20c and the rear side end portion to the back side are formed horizontally ( And a side portion 20d (formed in parallel with the lower side of the side portion 20). The side portion 20 c is formed to have the same height as the edge portion at the upper end of the back surface portion 40. The side surface portion 20 includes a main body portion (inner right side surface main body portion) 22 and a separation portion (first separation portion) 24.

また、分離部２４は、側面部２０に形成された切目線（第１切目線）２４ａと開口部２４ｂにより区画された領域であり、切目線２４ａは、横方向に間隔を介して設けられた円弧状の切目線２４ａ−１、２４ａ−２（切目線２４ａ−１と切目線２４ａ−２とは互いに左右対称に形成されている）と、切目線２４ａ−１の下端と２４ａ−２の下端を結ぶ横方向（側面部２０の下辺と平行な方向）の直線状の切目線２４ａ−３とを有し、開口部２４ｂは、横長の長方形状を呈し、開口部２４ｂにおける一対の角部のうちの正面側の角部と切目線２４ａ−２が接続し、開口部２４ｂにおける一対の角部のうちの背面側の角部と切目線２４ａ−１が接続している。切目線２４ａと開口部２４ｂにより囲まれた領域が分離部２４となる。本体部２２は、側面部２０において分離部２４を除いた領域である。分離部２４は、側面部２０における横方向の略中央で上下方向における中央やや下側の位置に形成されている。切目線２４ａ−１、２４ａ−２は、ミシン目状の切目線（間隔をおきながら連続して形成された複数の切込みにより形成された切目線）であり、切目線２４ａ−３は、連続した切込みからなる切目線である。つまり、切目線２４ａは、全体として、切断予定線である。 The separation part 24 is a region defined by a cut line (first cut line) 24a formed in the side face part 20 and an opening 24b, and the cut line 24a is provided with a gap in the horizontal direction. Arc-shaped cut lines 24a-1 and 24a-2 (the cut line 24a-1 and the cut line 24a-2 are formed symmetrically with each other), the lower end of the cut line 24a-1, and the lower end of 24a-2 And a straight cut line 24a-3 in a horizontal direction (a direction parallel to the lower side of the side surface portion 20), and the opening 24b has a horizontally long rectangular shape, and a pair of corners in the opening 24b. The front corner and the cut line 24a-2 are connected, and the back corner of the pair of corners in the opening 24b and the cut line 24a-1 are connected. A region surrounded by the cut line 24 a and the opening 24 b becomes the separation portion 24. The main body portion 22 is a region excluding the separation portion 24 in the side surface portion 20. The separation part 24 is formed at a position slightly below the center in the vertical direction at the approximate center in the lateral direction of the side part 20. The cut lines 24a-1 and 24a-2 are perforated cut lines (cut lines formed by a plurality of cuts continuously formed at intervals), and the cut lines 24a-3 are continuous. It is a score line consisting of incisions. That is, the cut line 24a is a planned cutting line as a whole.

この分離部２４の形成位置は、外箱部Ｂの片部２２４の裏側の領域であり、分離部２４は片部２２４の裏側に接着され、片部２２４の上端を外側かつ下方に回動させることにより、分離部２４も片部２２４の裏側に接着したまま切目線２４ａが切断されて、分離部２４が本体部２２から分離するように形成されている。分離部２４は、片部２２４よりも小さく形成されていて、側面視において、分離部２４の外形が片部２２４の外形よりもはみ出すことがない。 The formation position of the separation part 24 is an area on the back side of the piece part 224 of the outer box part B. The separation part 24 is bonded to the back side of the piece part 224 and rotates the upper end of the piece part 224 outward and downward. Accordingly, the separation line 24 is also formed so that the cut line 24 a is cut while being bonded to the back side of the piece part 224 so that the separation part 24 is separated from the main body part 22. The separation part 24 is formed smaller than the piece part 224, and the outer shape of the separation part 24 does not protrude beyond the outer shape of the piece part 224 in a side view.

また、開口部２４ｂは、外箱部Ｂにおける片部２２６を押し込むことができるための空間として形成されていて、片部２２６を押し込む際の支障とならないように、開口部２４ｂは、片部２２６よりも大きく形成され、側面視において、片部２２６が開口部２４ｂよりはみ出すことがない。 In addition, the opening 24b is formed as a space through which the piece 226 in the outer box portion B can be pushed, and the opening 24b is formed so as not to hinder the pushing of the piece 226. And the piece 226 does not protrude beyond the opening 24b in a side view.

また、側面部３０は、正面部１０の左側面側の端部から折れ線Ｃ１を介して連設され、方形状における正面上側の一部を切り欠いた形状を呈し、背面側の端部においては、背面部４０の上端の縁部の高さと同じに形成されている。この側面部３０は、本体部（内側左側面部本体部）３２と、分離部（第２分離部）３４とを有している。 Further, the side surface portion 30 is provided continuously from the end portion on the left side surface side of the front portion 10 via the fold line C1, and has a shape in which a part of the upper side of the front surface in the square shape is cut out. The height of the edge of the upper end of the back surface portion 40 is the same. The side surface portion 30 includes a main body portion (inner left side surface main body portion) 32 and a separation portion (second separation portion) 34.

この側面部３０の構成は、内箱部Ａの組立て状態では、側面部２０と前後方向に垂直な仮想的な平面である中心面を介して対称に形成されている。 In the assembled state of the inner box portion A, the configuration of the side surface portion 30 is formed symmetrically with respect to the side surface portion 20 via a central plane that is a virtual plane perpendicular to the front-rear direction.

すなわち、分離部３４は、切目線（第２切目線）３４ａと開口部３４ｂとにより区画された領域であり、切目線３４ａは、横方向に間隔を介して設けられた円弧状の切目線３４ａ−１、３４ａ−２と、切目線３４ａ−１の下端と３４ａ−２の下端を結ぶ横方向（側面部３０の下辺と平行な方向）の直線状の切目線３４ａ−３とを有し、開口部３４ｂは、横長の長方形状を呈し、開口部３４ｂにおける一対の角部のうちの正面側の角部と切目線３４ａ−２が接続し、開口部３４ｂにおける一対の角部のうちの背面側の角部と切目線３４ａ−１が接続している。切目線３４ａと開口部３４ｂにより囲まれた領域が分離部３４となる。本体部３２は、側面部３０において分離部３４を除いた領域である。分離部３４は、側面部３０における横方向の略中央で上下方向における中央やや下側の位置に形成されている。切目線３４ａ−１、３４ａ−２は、ミシン目状の切目線（間隔をおきながら連続して形成された複数の切込みにより形成された切目線）であり、切目線３４ａ−３は、連続した切込みからなる切目線である。つまり、切目線３４ａは、全体として、切断予定線である。 That is, the separation part 34 is an area defined by a cut line (second cut line) 34a and an opening 34b, and the cut line 34a is an arcuate cut line 34a provided in the horizontal direction with an interval. -1 and 34a-2, and a linear cut line 34a-3 in the horizontal direction (a direction parallel to the lower side of the side surface 30) connecting the lower end of the cut line 34a-1 and the lower end of 34a-2, The opening 34b has a horizontally long rectangular shape, and the front corner of the pair of corners in the opening 34b is connected to the cut line 34a-2, and the back of the pair of corners in the opening 34b. The side corner and the cut line 34a-1 are connected. A region surrounded by the cut line 34 a and the opening 34 b becomes the separation portion 34. The main body portion 32 is a region excluding the separation portion 34 in the side surface portion 30. The separation part 34 is formed at a position slightly below the center in the vertical direction at the approximate center in the horizontal direction of the side part 30. The cut lines 34a-1 and 34a-2 are perforated cut lines (cut lines formed by a plurality of cuts continuously formed at intervals), and the cut lines 34a-3 are continuous. It is a score line consisting of incisions. That is, the cut line 34a is a planned cutting line as a whole.

この分離部３４の形成位置は、外箱部Ｂの片部２３４の裏側の領域であり、分離部３４は片部２３４の裏側に接着され、片部２３４の上端を外側かつ下方に回動させることにより、分離部３４も片部２３４の裏側に接着したまま切目線３４ａが切断されて、分離部３４が本体部３２から分離するように形成されている。分離部３４は、片部２３４よりも小さく形成されていて、側面視において、分離部３４の外形が片部２３４の外形よりもはみ出すことがない。 The formation position of the separation part 34 is an area on the back side of the piece part 234 of the outer box part B. The separation part 34 is bonded to the back side of the piece part 234, and the upper end of the piece part 234 is rotated outward and downward. As a result, the separation part 34 is also formed so that the cut line 34 a is cut while being adhered to the back side of the piece part 234, and the separation part 34 is separated from the main body part 32. The separation part 34 is formed smaller than the piece part 234, and the outer shape of the separation part 34 does not protrude beyond the outer shape of the piece part 234 in a side view.

また、開口部３４ｂは、外箱部Ｂにおける片部２３６を押し込むことができるための空間として形成されていて、片部２３６を押し込む際の支障とならないように、開口部３４ｂは、片部２３６よりも大きく形成され、側面視において、片部２３６が開口部３４ｂよりはみ出すことがない。 In addition, the opening 34b is formed as a space for allowing the piece 236 in the outer box B to be pushed in, and the opening 34b is formed so as not to hinder the pushing of the piece 236. And the piece 236 does not protrude beyond the opening 34b in a side view.

また、背面部４０は、側面部２０の背面側の端部から折れ線Ｃ３を介して連設され、全体には方形状を呈している。この背面部４０の横幅は、正面部１０の横幅と同一に形成され、背面部４０の縦幅（最大縦幅）は、側面部２０、３０の縦幅（最大縦幅）と同一に形成されている。 Moreover, the back surface part 40 is connected from the edge part by the side of the back surface of the side part 20 via the broken line C3, and is exhibiting the square shape as a whole. The horizontal width of the back surface portion 40 is formed to be the same as the horizontal width of the front surface portion 10, and the vertical width (maximum vertical width) of the back surface portion 40 is formed to be the same as the vertical width (maximum vertical width) of the side surface portions 20 and 30. ing.

また、糊代部４９は、背面部４０の左側面側の端部から折れ線Ｃ１を介して連設され、縦方向に細長の帯状台形形状を呈している。この糊代部４９は、その外側の面が側面部３０の背面側の端部領域の内側の面に接着されている。 Moreover, the glue margin part 49 is connected from the edge part by the side of the left side surface of the back surface part 40 via the broken line C1, and is exhibiting the elongate strip-like trapezoid shape in the vertical direction. The adhesive margin 49 has an outer surface bonded to the inner surface of the end region on the back side of the side surface 30.

また、底面部５０は、いわゆるワンタッチ底であり、第１片部（底面部第２片部）６０と、第２片部（底面部第３片部）７０と、第３片部（底面部第１片部）８０と、第４片部（底面部第４片部）９０とを有し、包装箱Ｐの組立て状態においては、図５に示すように、略方形状の外形を呈している。 The bottom surface portion 50 is a so-called one-touch bottom, and includes a first piece portion (bottom portion second piece portion) 60, a second piece portion (bottom portion third piece portion) 70, and a third piece portion (bottom portion). As shown in FIG. 5, in the assembled state of the packaging box P, it has a substantially rectangular outer shape, and has a first piece part 80 and a fourth piece part (bottom part fourth piece part) 90. Yes.

ここで、第１片部６０は、正面部１０の下端から折れ線を介して連設され、先端側にいくほど幅狭となる略台形形状に形成され、その上面の一部が内箱部Ａの内底面の一部を形成している。この第１片部６０は、底面部５０の組立て状態においては、第４片部９０と底面部５０の中心位置（底面部５０の対角の角部を結ぶ２つの直線の交点）を介して点対称に形成されている。 Here, the first piece 60 is formed in a substantially trapezoidal shape, which is continuous from the lower end of the front portion 10 via a broken line, and becomes narrower toward the distal end side, and a part of the upper surface thereof is the inner box portion A. A part of the inner bottom surface is formed. In the assembled state of the bottom surface portion 50, the first piece portion 60 passes through the center position of the fourth piece portion 90 and the bottom surface portion 50 (intersection of two straight lines connecting diagonal corners of the bottom surface portion 50). It is formed point-symmetrically.

また、第２片部７０は、側面部２０の下端から折れ線を介して連設され、略長方形状に形成され、第２片部７０の上面の一部が内箱部Ａの内底面の一部を形成している。また、第２片部７０の角部（側面部２０と背面部４０の境界位置の下端）からは第２片部７０の正面部１０との境界をなす辺部に対して斜めに所定間隔で切込みが形成された（つまり、折曲しやすいように切込みが形成されている）折れ線７０−１（この折れ線７０−１は、上面側が山折れ線となっている）が形成され、内箱部Ａを折り畳む際に、容易に折り畳むことができるようになっている。第２片部７０は、折れ線７０−１を介して本体部７２と先端部７４とに区画される。本体部７２の先端の先端部７４側には、他方の本体部８２と互いに係止するように切欠部７２ａが形成されている。先端部７４の上面は、第４片部９０の下面に接着されている。 The second piece 70 is connected to the lower end of the side face 20 via a broken line, is formed in a substantially rectangular shape, and a part of the upper surface of the second piece 70 is a part of the inner bottom surface of the inner box part A. Forming part. In addition, from the corner of the second piece 70 (the lower end of the boundary position between the side 20 and the back 40) at a predetermined interval obliquely with respect to the side forming the boundary with the front 10 of the second piece 70. A broken line 70-1 in which a cut is formed (that is, a cut is formed so that it is easy to bend) is formed (the folded line 70-1 is a mountain-folded line on the upper surface side), and the inner box portion A When it is folded, it can be easily folded. The second piece 70 is partitioned into a main body 72 and a tip 74 through a broken line 70-1. A notch 72 a is formed on the distal end 74 side of the distal end of the main body 72 so as to be engaged with the other main body 82. The upper surface of the distal end portion 74 is bonded to the lower surface of the fourth piece portion 90.

また、第３片部８０は、側面部３０の下端から折れ線を介して連設され、底面部５０の組立て状態においては、第２片部７０と底面部５０の中心位置を介して点対称に形成されている。すなわち、第３片部８０は、側面部３０の下端から折れ線を介して連設され、略長方形状に形成され、第３片部８０の上面の一部が内箱部Ａの内底面の一部を形成している。また、第３片部８０の角部（正面部１０と側面部３０の境界位置の下端）からは第３片部８０の側面部３０との境界をなす辺部に対して斜めに所定間隔で切込みが形成された（つまり、折曲しやすいように切込みが形成されている）折れ線８０−１（この折れ線８０−１は、上面側が山折れ線となっている）が形成され、内箱部Ａを折り畳む際に、容易に折り畳むことができるようになっている。第３片部８０は、折れ線８０−１を介して本体部８２と先端部８４とに区画される。本体部８２の先端の先端部８４側には、他方の本体部７２と互いに係止するように切欠部８２ａが形成されている。先端部８４の上面は、第１片部６０の下面に接着されている。 Further, the third piece 80 is connected from the lower end of the side face part 30 via a broken line, and in the assembled state of the bottom face part 50, the third piece part 80 is point-symmetrical via the center position of the second piece part 70 and the bottom face part 50. Is formed. That is, the third piece 80 is connected from the lower end of the side face part 30 via a broken line, is formed in a substantially rectangular shape, and a part of the upper surface of the third piece 80 is a part of the inner bottom face of the inner box part A. Forming part. Further, from the corner of the third piece 80 (the lower end of the boundary position between the front part 10 and the side part 30) at a predetermined interval obliquely with respect to the side part that forms the boundary with the side part 30 of the third piece 80 A broken line 80-1 in which a cut is formed (that is, a cut is formed so as to be easily bent) (this folded line 80-1 has a mountain-folded line on the upper surface side) is formed, and the inner box portion A When it is folded, it can be easily folded. The third piece portion 80 is partitioned into a main body portion 82 and a tip end portion 84 via a broken line 80-1. A notch portion 82 a is formed on the distal end portion 84 side of the distal end of the main body portion 82 so as to be engaged with the other main body portion 72. The upper surface of the distal end portion 84 is bonded to the lower surface of the first piece portion 60.

また、本体部８２には、内箱部Ａの展開状態で第１片部６０と反対側の端部（内箱部Ａの組立て状態で背面部４０側の端部）に切欠部８２ａが設けられている。これは、図１０に示すように、包装箱Ｐの製造工程において、側面部３０において糊代部４９が接着する領域を第３片部８０から露出させておくためである。 Further, the main body 82 is provided with a notch 82a at the end opposite to the first piece 60 in the unfolded state of the inner box A (the end on the back surface 40 side in the assembled state of the inner box A). It has been. This is because, in the manufacturing process of the packaging box P, as shown in FIG. 10, the region where the adhesive margin 49 is bonded to the side surface 30 is exposed from the third piece 80.

また、第４片部９０は、背面部４０の下端から折れ線を介して連設され、先端側にいくほど幅狭となる略台形形状に形成され、その上面の一部が内箱部Ａの内底面の一部を形成している。 The fourth piece 90 is connected to the lower end of the back surface 40 via a broken line, and is formed in a substantially trapezoidal shape that becomes narrower toward the tip side. A part of the inner bottom surface is formed.

以上のように、底面部５０において、隣接する２つの片部（第１片部６０と第３片部８０）である底面部第１片部対の一方における他方の側の部分である先端部（第１端部領域）８４が折れ線を介して折曲げ可能であり、該先端部８４が第１片部６０に接着され、他の隣接する２つの片部（第２片部７０と第４片部９０）である底面部第２片部対の一方における他方の側の部分である先端部（第２端部領域）７４が折れ線を介して折曲げ可能であり、該先端部７４が第４片部９０に接着されている。 As described above, in the bottom surface portion 50, the tip portion that is a portion on the other side of one of the bottom surface portion first piece pair that is two adjacent pieces (the first piece portion 60 and the third piece portion 80). The (first end region) 84 can be bent via a fold line, the tip end 84 is bonded to the first piece 60, and the other two adjacent pieces (the second piece 70 and the fourth piece). A tip portion (second end region) 74 which is a portion on the other side of one of the bottom piece second piece pair which is the piece portion 90) can be bent via a broken line, and the tip portion 74 is The four pieces 90 are bonded.

内箱部Ａを箱状に組み立てた状態では、正面部１０と背面部４０とが互いに平行になり、側面部２０と側面部３０とが互いに平行になり、底面部５０を構成する各部材は、正面部１０、側面部２０、３０、背面部４０に対して略直角（直角でもよい）となる。つまり、スリーブ状部５は、底面部５０に対して略直角（直角でもよい）となる。また、スリーブ状部５を構成する各部材（正面部１０、側面部２０、３０、背面部４０）における隣接する部材は互いに直角（略直角としてもよい）となっている。 In a state where the inner box part A is assembled in a box shape, the front part 10 and the back part 40 are parallel to each other, the side part 20 and the side part 30 are parallel to each other, and each member constituting the bottom part 50 is The front part 10, the side parts 20, 30 and the back part 40 are substantially perpendicular (or right angles). That is, the sleeve-like portion 5 is substantially perpendicular (or right-angled) to the bottom surface portion 50. Further, adjacent members in each member constituting the sleeve-like portion 5 (the front surface portion 10, the side surface portions 20, 30 and the back surface portion 40) are perpendicular to each other (may be substantially perpendicular).

また、内箱部Ａは、平板状に折り畳むことができ（図１２参照）、内箱部Ａにおいては、正面部１０と側面部３０との角度を小さくし（つまり、直角より小さくする）、背面部４０と側面部２０との角度を小さくさせる（つまり、直角より小さくする）ことにより、四角筒状のスリーブ状部５が扁平になるとともに、底面部５０を構成する各部がスリーブ状部５内に回動して、内箱部Ａが全体に平板状に折り畳むことができる。内箱部Ａを折り畳んだ状態では、底面部５０を構成する各部は、スリーブ状部５内にスリーブ状部５を構成する正面部１０、側面部２０、３０、背面部４０に対して略平行な状態となる。 Further, the inner box portion A can be folded into a flat plate shape (see FIG. 12). In the inner box portion A, the angle between the front surface portion 10 and the side surface portion 30 is reduced (that is, smaller than a right angle), By reducing the angle between the back surface portion 40 and the side surface portion 20 (that is, making it smaller than a right angle), the rectangular tubular sleeve-like portion 5 becomes flat and each portion constituting the bottom face portion 50 becomes the sleeve-like portion 5. The inner box portion A can be folded into a flat plate shape as a whole. In a state in which the inner box part A is folded, each part constituting the bottom face part 50 is substantially parallel to the front face part 10, the side face parts 20, 30 and the back face part 40 constituting the sleeve shaped part 5 in the sleeve shaped part 5. It becomes a state.

次に、外箱部Ｂは、内箱部Ａを覆う箱体であり、図１〜図３、図７等に示すように、スリーブ状部（外側スリーブ状部）２０５と、フラップ部２６０、２９０と、蓋部２７０、２８０とを有していて、その展開状態は、図７に示すように形成されている。 Next, the outer box part B is a box that covers the inner box part A, and as shown in FIGS. 1 to 3, 7, etc., a sleeve-like part (outer sleeve-like part) 205, a flap part 260, 290 and lids 270 and 280, and the unfolded state is formed as shown in FIG.

ここで、スリーブ状部２０５は、組み立てた状態では、四角形状の筒状を呈し、正面部（外側正面部）２１０と、側面部（外側右側面部）２２０と、側面部（外側左側面部）２３０と、背面部（外側背面部）２４０と、糊代部２４２とを有している。 Here, in the assembled state, the sleeve-shaped portion 205 has a rectangular cylindrical shape, and includes a front surface portion (outer front surface portion) 210, a side surface portion (outer right side surface portion) 220, and a side surface portion (outer left side surface portion) 230. And a back surface portion (outer back surface portion) 240 and an adhesive margin portion 242.

ここで、正面部２１０は、方形状（長方形状）の板状を呈している。この正面部２１０の横幅は、内箱部Ａを収納することができるように、内箱部Ａの左右方向の幅よりも若干大きく形成されている。 Here, the front portion 210 has a square (rectangular) plate shape. The width of the front portion 210 is slightly larger than the width in the left-right direction of the inner box portion A so that the inner box portion A can be accommodated.

また、側面部２２０は、正面部２１０の右側面側の端部から折れ線Ｃ１２を介して連設され、方形状を呈し、切目線２２２と切目線２２４ａ、２２４ｂが形成されている。 Moreover, the side part 220 is continuously provided from the edge part by the side of the right side of the front part 210 via the broken line C12, exhibits square shape, and the cut line 222 and the cut lines 224a and 224b are formed.

ここで、切目線２２２は、ミシン目状の切込み（間隔をおきながら形成された切込み）（切断予定線）により形成され、横方向に間隔を介して設けられた円弧状の切目線２２２ａ、２２２ｃと、切目線２２２ａの上端と２２２ｃの上端を結ぶ横方向（側面部２２０の下辺と平行な方向）の直線状の連続した切込みからなる切目線２２２ｂとを有し、全体に下向きの略コ字状を呈している。切目線（第５切目線）２２２と、切目線２２２ａ及び切目線２２２ｃの切目線２２２ｂ側とは反対側の端部間を結ぶ折れ線Ｃ２２４により囲まれた領域が、片部（第１片部）２２４となる。 Here, the cut line 222 is formed by perforated cuts (cuts formed at intervals) (scheduled cut lines), and arc-shaped cut lines 222a and 222c provided at intervals in the horizontal direction. And a cut line 222b formed by a linear continuous cut in a horizontal direction (a direction parallel to the lower side of the side surface portion 220) connecting the upper end of the cut line 222a and the upper end of 222c, and is substantially downwardly U-shaped. It has a shape. A region surrounded by a cut line (fifth cut line) 222 and a fold line C224 connecting the ends of the cut line 222a and the cut line 222c opposite to the cut line 222b side is a one part (first piece part). 224.

また、切目線２２２ｂの一方の端部から他方の端部までに途中位置には、切目線２２２ａや切目線２２２ｃが設けられている側とは反対側に、縦方向（切目線２２２ｂと直角方向）に互いに平行な切目線２２４ａ、２２４ｂが形成されている。つまり、切目線２２４ａと切目線２２４ｂは、互いに平行に形成され、連続した切込みにより形成されている。また、切目線２２４ａは、切目線２２２ａよりも内側（横方向の内側）に形成され、切目線２２４ｂは、切目線２２２ｃよりも内側（横方向の内側）に形成されている。以上のように、切目線２２４ａと、切目線２２４ｂと、切目線２２２ｂと、切目線２２４ａ及び切目線２２４ｂの切目線２２２ｂ側とは反対側の端部間を結ぶ直線状の折れ線Ｃ２２６により囲まれた領域が、片部２２６となる。この側面部２２０の横幅は、内箱部Ａを外箱部Ｂ内に収納することができるように、側面部２０の横幅よりも若干大きく形成されている。 Further, in the middle from one end of the cut line 222b to the other end, the vertical direction (perpendicular to the cut line 222b) is opposite to the side where the cut line 222a and the cut line 222c are provided. ) Are formed in parallel with each other. That is, the score line 224a and the score line 224b are formed in parallel to each other and are formed by continuous cutting. The cut line 224a is formed on the inner side (lateral inner side) than the cut line 222a, and the cut line 224b is formed on the inner side (lateral inner side) of the cut line 222c. As described above, the cut line 224a, the cut line 224b, the cut line 222b, and the straight broken line C226 connecting the ends of the cut line 224a and the cut line 224b opposite to the cut line 222b are surrounded. This area becomes a piece 226. The lateral width of the side surface portion 220 is slightly larger than the lateral width of the side surface portion 20 so that the inner box portion A can be accommodated in the outer box portion B.

また、側面部２３０は、正面部２１０の正面視における左側の端部から折れ線Ｃ１１を介して連設され、方形状を呈し、切目線（第６切目線）２３２と切目線２３４ａ、２３４ｂが形成されている。 Further, the side surface portion 230 is continuously provided from the left end portion of the front portion 210 in front view through a broken line C11, has a rectangular shape, and a cut line (sixth cut line) 232 and cut lines 234a and 234b are formed. Has been.

この側面部２３０の構成は、側面部２２０と前後方向に垂直な仮想的な平面である中心面を介して対称に形成されていて、切目線２３２は、切目線２２２と対称に形成され、横方向に間隔を介して設けられた円弧状の切目線２３２ａ、２３２ｃと、切目線２３２ａの上端と２３２ｃの上端を結ぶ横方向（側面部２３０の下辺と平行な方向）の直線状の切目線２３２ｂとを有し、全体に下向きの略コ字状を呈している。切目線２３２と、切目線２３２ａ及び切目線２３２ｃの切目線２３２ｂ側とは反対側の端部間を結ぶ折れ線Ｃ２３４により囲まれた領域が、片部（第２片部）２３４となる。 The configuration of the side surface portion 230 is formed symmetrically with respect to the side surface portion 220 via a central plane that is a virtual plane perpendicular to the front-rear direction, and the score line 232 is formed symmetrically with the score line 222. Arc-shaped cut lines 232a and 232c provided at intervals in the direction, and a straight cut line 232b in a horizontal direction (a direction parallel to the lower side of the side surface portion 230) connecting the upper end of the cut line 232a and the upper end of the 232c. And has a generally downward U-shape. A region surrounded by the cut line 232 and a broken line C234 connecting the ends of the cut line 232a and the cut line 232c opposite to the cut line 232b side is a one part (second piece part) 234.

また、切目線２３２ｂの一方の端部から他方の端部までに途中位置には、切目線２３２ａや切目線２３２ｃが設けられている側とは反対側に、縦方向（切目線２３２ｂと直角方向）に互いに平行な切目線２３４ａ、２３４ｂが形成されている。つまり、切目線２３４ａと切目線２３４ｂは、互いに平行に形成され、連続した切込みにより形成されている。また、切目線２３４ａは、切目線２３２ａよりも内側（横方向の内側）に形成され、切目線２３４ｂは、切目線２３２ｃよりも内側（横方向の内側）に形成されている。以上のように、切目線２３４ａと、切目線２３４ｂと、切目線２３２ｂと、切目線２３４ａ及び切目線２３４ｂの切目線２３２ｂ側とは反対側の端部間を結ぶ直線状の折れ線Ｃ２３６により囲まれた領域が、片部２３６となる。この側面部２３０の横幅は、内箱部Ａを外箱部Ｂ内に収納することができるように、側面部３０の横幅よりも若干大きく形成されていて、側面部２２０の横幅と同一に形成されている。 Further, in the middle of the cut line 232b from one end to the other end, the vertical direction (perpendicular to the cut line 232b) is opposite to the side where the cut line 232a and the cut line 232c are provided. ) Are formed in parallel with each other. That is, the score line 234a and the score line 234b are formed in parallel to each other and are formed by continuous incisions. The cut line 234a is formed on the inner side (inner side in the horizontal direction) than the cut line 232a, and the cut line 234b is formed on the inner side (inner side in the horizontal direction) of the cut line 232c. As described above, the cut line 234a, the cut line 234b, the cut line 232b, and the straight line C236 connecting the ends of the cut line 234a and the cut line 234b opposite to the cut line 232b side are enclosed. This region becomes a piece 236. The lateral width of the side surface portion 230 is slightly larger than the lateral width of the side surface portion 30 so that the inner box portion A can be accommodated in the outer box portion B, and is formed to be the same as the lateral width of the side surface portion 220. Has been.

また、背面部２４０は、側面部２２０の背面側の端部から折れ線Ｃ１３を介して連設され、方形状を呈している。この背面部２４０の横幅は、正面部２１０の横幅と同一に形成され、内箱部Ａを外箱部Ｂ内に収納することができるように、内箱部Ａの左右方向の幅よりも若干大きく形成されている。 Moreover, the back surface part 240 is continuously provided from the edge part by the side of the back surface of the side part 220 via the broken line C13, and is exhibiting square shape. The lateral width of the back surface portion 240 is formed to be the same as the lateral width of the front surface portion 210, and is slightly larger than the lateral width of the inner box portion A so that the inner box portion A can be accommodated in the outer box portion B. Largely formed.

また、糊代部２４２は、側面部２３０の背面側の端部から折れ線Ｃ１０を介して連設され、縦方向に細長の帯状台形形状を呈している。この糊代部２４２は、図２に示すように、その内側の面が背面部２４０の外側の面に接着されている。 Moreover, the glue margin part 242 is connected from the edge part of the back side of the side part 230 via the broken line C10, and is exhibiting the elongate strip | belt-shaped trapezoid shape in the vertical direction. As shown in FIG. 2, the glue margin portion 242 has an inner surface bonded to an outer surface of the back surface portion 240.

また、正面部２１０と側面部２２０、２３０と背面部２４０の縦幅は同一に形成されていて、内箱部Ａの縦幅よりも大きく形成されている。すなわち、外箱部Ｂのスリーブ状部２０５の縦方向の長さは、内箱部Ａのスリーブ状部５の縦方向の長さ（最大長さ）よりも大きく形成されている。 Moreover, the front part 210, the side parts 220 and 230, and the back part 240 are formed to have the same vertical width, and are formed to be larger than the vertical width of the inner box part A. That is, the length in the vertical direction of the sleeve-like portion 205 of the outer box portion B is formed to be larger than the length in the vertical direction (maximum length) of the sleeve-like portion 5 of the inner box portion A.

また、フラップ部（第１フラップ部、特定蓋部片部）２６０は、正面部２１０の上端から折れ線を介して連設され、正面部２１０の上端に沿って横長の長方形状の両側の先端側の角部を面取りするとともに、先端側の略中央位置に切欠部を形成した形状を呈している。すなわち、フラップ部２６０は、正面部２１０の上辺の左側面側の端部近傍から該上辺に対して直角をなす直線状の辺部２６０ａと、辺部２６０ａに対して略１３５度に傾斜した直線状の辺部２６０ｂと、辺部２６０ｂから連設され、正面部２１０の上辺と平行な直線状の辺部２６０ｃと、正面部２１０の上辺の右側面側の端部近傍から該上辺に対して直角をなす直線状の辺部２６０ｄと、辺部２６０ｄに対して略１３５度に傾斜した直線状の辺部２６０ｅと、辺部２６０ｅから連設され、正面部２１０の上辺と平行な直線状の辺部２６０ｆと、辺部２６０ｃと辺部２６０ｆ間に形成された切欠部２６０ｇとを有している。辺部２６０ｂ、２６０ｅが面取りを形成している。 Further, the flap portion (first flap portion, specific lid portion piece) 260 is continuously provided from the upper end of the front portion 210 via a broken line, and the front ends of both sides of the oblong rectangular shape along the upper end of the front portion 210 The chamfered corners are formed, and a notch is formed at a substantially central position on the tip side. That is, the flap portion 260 includes a linear side portion 260a that is perpendicular to the upper side from the vicinity of the left side of the upper side of the front portion 210, and a straight line that is inclined at approximately 135 degrees with respect to the side portion 260a. From the vicinity of the edge on the right side of the upper side of the front portion 210 to the upper side, the straight side portion 260b that is continuous from the side portion 260b and is connected to the upper side of the front portion 210. A straight side portion 260d forming a right angle, a straight side portion 260e inclined at about 135 degrees with respect to the side portion 260d, and a linear shape parallel to the upper side of the front portion 210. It has a side part 260f and a notch part 260g formed between the side part 260c and the side part 260f. The side portions 260b and 260e form a chamfer.

切欠部２６０ｇは、辺部２６０ｃから正面部２１０の上辺に向けて斜めに形成された辺部２６０ｇ−１と、辺部２６０ｇ−１から連設され、正面部２１０の上辺に対して平行な辺部２６０ｇ−２と、辺部２６０ｆから正面部２１０の上辺に向けて斜めに形成され、辺部２６０ｇ−２の右側面側の端部と接する辺部２６０ｇ−３とを有し、辺部２６０ｇ−１と辺部２６０ｇ−３とは、正面部２１０側にいくほど辺部２６０ｇ−１と辺部２６０ｇ−３間の長さ短くなるテーパ状を呈している。 The notch portion 260g is connected to the side portion 260g-1 formed obliquely from the side portion 260c toward the upper side of the front portion 210 and the side portion 260g-1, and is a side parallel to the upper side of the front portion 210. A side portion 260g-2, a side portion 260g-3 that is formed obliquely from the side portion 260f toward the upper side of the front portion 210, and that contacts the right side end of the side portion 260g-2. -1 and the side portion 260g-3 have a tapered shape in which the length between the side portion 260g-1 and the side portion 260g-3 is shortened toward the front portion 210 side.

フラップ部２６０の先端から基端までの長さ（正面部２１０の上辺と辺部２６０ｃ、２６０ｆ間の長さ）は、蓋部２７０、２８０やフラップ部２９０の先端から基端までの長さよりも短く形成されており、具体的には、図８に示すように、展開状態の外箱部Ｂと展開状態の内箱部Ａとをスリーブ状部５、２０５の下辺を一致させて重ねた状態で、接着板部１２６がフラップ部２６０の上端（辺部２６０ｃ、２６０ｆ）よりも突出する長さとなっている。そして、組立て装置により自動製函する際に、フックにより接着板部１２６を係止するが、切欠部２６０ｇが設けられていることにより、切欠部２６０ｇの位置で接着板部１２６を係止することにより（つまり、接着板部１２６において、内箱部Ａの搬送方向に対して直角の方向において、切欠部２６０ｇに対応した部分を係止することにより）、接着板部１２６を係止しやすくして、接着板部１２６と正面後板部１１８と支持板部１１６と傾斜後板部１１４を傾斜前板部１１２と正面前板部１１０に対して折り返すことができるようになっている。 The length from the front end to the base end of the flap portion 260 (the length between the upper side of the front portion 210 and the side portions 260c and 260f) is longer than the length from the front end to the base end of the lid portions 270 and 280 and the flap portion 290. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 8, the unfolded outer box portion B and the unfolded inner box portion A are overlapped with the lower sides of the sleeve-like portions 5 and 205 being coincident with each other. Thus, the adhesive plate portion 126 has a length that protrudes from the upper end (side portions 260c, 260f) of the flap portion 260. When the automatic box making is performed by the assembling apparatus, the adhesive plate portion 126 is locked by the hook. However, since the notch portion 260g is provided, the adhesive plate portion 126 is locked at the position of the notch portion 260g. (That is, by locking the portion corresponding to the notch portion 260g in the direction perpendicular to the conveying direction of the inner box portion A in the bonding plate portion 126), the bonding plate portion 126 can be easily locked. Thus, the adhesive plate portion 126, the front rear plate portion 118, the support plate portion 116, and the inclined rear plate portion 114 can be folded back with respect to the inclined front plate portion 112 and the front front plate portion 110.

また、蓋部２７０は、側面部２２０の上端から折れ線を介して連設され、略方形状（略長方形状）を呈し、長方形状における両側の先端側の角部を面取りした形状を呈している。 Moreover, the cover part 270 is provided continuously from the upper end of the side part 220 via a broken line, has a substantially square shape (substantially rectangular shape), and has a shape in which the corners on both ends in the rectangular shape are chamfered. .

また、蓋部２８０は、側面部２３０の上端から折れ線を介して連設され、略方形状（略長方形状）を呈し、長方形状における両側の先端側の角部を面取りした形状を呈している。この蓋部２８０は、蓋部２７０と同大同形状に形成されている。、
また、フラップ部２９０は、背面部２４０の上端から折れ線を介して連設され、略方形状（略長方形状）を呈し、長方形状における両側の先端側の角部を面取りした形状を呈している。 Moreover, the cover part 280 is continuously provided from the upper end of the side part 230 via a broken line, exhibits a substantially rectangular shape (substantially rectangular shape), and has a shape in which the corners on both ends of the rectangular shape are chamfered. . The lid 280 is formed in the same size and shape as the lid 270. ,
In addition, the flap portion 290 is continuously provided from the upper end of the back surface portion 240 via a broken line, has a substantially rectangular shape (substantially rectangular shape), and has a shape in which the corners on both ends of the rectangular shape are chamfered. .

なお、蓋部２７０、２８０における先端側の辺部（スリーブ状部２０５側とは反対側の辺部）に対する面取りの角度は、フラップ部２６０、２９０における先端側の辺部（スリーブ状部２０５側とは反対側の辺部）に対する面取りの角度よりも小さく形成されている。 Note that the angle of chamfering with respect to the side portion on the front end side (the side opposite to the sleeve-like portion 205 side) in the lid portions 270 and 280 is the side portion on the front end side in the flap portions 260 and 290 (on the sleeve-like portion 205 side). It is formed smaller than the angle of chamfering with respect to the opposite side.

これら蓋部２７０、２８０及びフラップ部２６０、２９０は、外箱部Ｂの上面を開閉するものであり、特に、蓋部２７０、２８０を閉状態とすることにより外箱部Ｂの上面が塞がれる。つまり、蓋部２７０、２８０の基端から先端までの長さは、正面部２１０及び背面部２４０の横方向の長さの半分であり、蓋部２７０、２８０を閉じた際には、蓋部２７０の先端と蓋部２８０の先端が接する。蓋部２７０、２８０及びフラップ部２６０、２９０は、いわゆるＡ式と言われるものである。なお、蓋部２７０、２８０及びフラップ部２６０、２９０は、予め上方に立設した状態になっていて、外箱部Ｂの上方が開口した状態になっている。 The lid portions 270 and 280 and the flap portions 260 and 290 open and close the upper surface of the outer box portion B. In particular, the upper surface of the outer box portion B is closed by closing the lid portions 270 and 280. It is. That is, the length from the base end to the front end of the lid portions 270 and 280 is half of the lateral length of the front portion 210 and the back portion 240. When the lid portions 270 and 280 are closed, the lid portion The leading end of 270 is in contact with the leading end of lid portion 280. The lid portions 270 and 280 and the flap portions 260 and 290 are so-called A-type. The lid portions 270 and 280 and the flap portions 260 and 290 are in an upright state in advance, and the upper portion of the outer box portion B is open.

また、正面部２１０と側面部２２０の境界位置の下側には縦長帯状の開口部Ｋ２２０が形成され、また、正面部２１０と側面部２３０の境界位置の下側には縦長帯状の切欠部Ｋ２３０が形成され、内箱部Ａと外箱部Ｂとを接着した状態では、開口部Ｋ２２０の上端が正面部１０と側面部２０間の境界位置の上端と略一致し、切欠部Ｋ２３０の上端が正面部１０と側面部３０間の境界位置の上端と略一致し、特に、切欠部Ｋ２３０の上端が正面部１０と側面部３０間の境界位置の上端と係合している。 In addition, a vertically long strip-shaped opening K220 is formed below the boundary position between the front portion 210 and the side surface portion 220, and a vertically long strip-shaped notch K230 is formed below the boundary position between the front surface portion 210 and the side surface portion 230. In the state where the inner box part A and the outer box part B are bonded, the upper end of the opening K220 substantially coincides with the upper end of the boundary position between the front part 10 and the side part 20, and the upper end of the notch part K230 is The upper end of the boundary position between the front surface portion 10 and the side surface portion 30 substantially coincides with the upper end of the notch portion K230, and in particular, the upper end of the boundary position between the front surface portion 10 and the side surface portion 30 is engaged.

外箱部Ｂを箱状に組み立てた状態では、正面部２１０と背面部２４０とが互いに平行になり、側面部２２０と側面部２３０とが互いに平行になる。また、スリーブ状部２０５を構成する各部材（正面部２１０、側面部２２０、２３０、背面部２４０）における隣接する部材は互いに直角となっている。 In a state where the outer box part B is assembled in a box shape, the front part 210 and the back part 240 are parallel to each other, and the side part 220 and the side part 230 are parallel to each other. Further, adjacent members in each member (the front portion 210, the side portions 220 and 230, and the back portion 240) constituting the sleeve-like portion 205 are perpendicular to each other.

次に、内箱部Ａと外箱部Ｂとは、分離部２４、３４の箇所で互いに接着されている。つまり、分離部２４の外側の面と側面部２２０（特に、片部２２４）の内側の面とが接着剤その他の接着手段により接着されるとともに、分離部３４の外側の面と側面部２３０（特に、片部２３４）の内側の面とが接着剤その他の接着手段により接着されることにより、包装箱Ｐが全体に一体に形成される。つまり、分離部２４の外側の面の全部又は一部の領域と側面部２２０の内側の面の間には接着剤層（図示せず）が設けられていて、同様に、分離部３４の外側の面の全部又は一部の領域と側面部２３０の内側の面の間には接着剤層（図示せず）が設けられている。これにより、外箱部Ｂのスリーブ状部２０５は、内箱部Ａにおけるスリーブ状部５の外側の面に沿って設けられ、例えば、正面部１０の外側の面に沿って正面部２１０が設けられ、側面部２０の外側の面に沿って側面部２２０が設けられ、側面部３０の外側の面に沿って側面部２３０が設けられ、背面部４０の外側の面に沿って背面部２４０が設けられている。該接着剤層の接着力は、外箱部Ｂの片部２２４を外側に回動させた際に、同時に分離部２４の周囲の切目線２４ａが破れて、分離部２４が内箱部Ａから分離し、回動させた片部２２４に接着した状態で片部２２４に従動するように設定されていて、同様に、外箱部Ｂの片部２３４を外側に回動させた際に、同時に分離部３４の周囲の切目線３４ａが破れて、分離部３４が内箱部Ａから分離し、回動させた片部２３４に接着した状態で片部２３４に従動するように設定されている。 Next, the inner box part A and the outer box part B are bonded to each other at the separation parts 24 and 34. That is, the outer surface of the separation portion 24 and the inner surface of the side surface portion 220 (particularly, the piece portion 224) are bonded by an adhesive or other bonding means, and the outer surface of the separation portion 34 and the side surface portion 230 ( In particular, the packaging box P is integrally formed as a whole by bonding the inner surface of the piece portion 234) with an adhesive or other bonding means. That is, an adhesive layer (not shown) is provided between all or a part of the outer surface of the separation part 24 and the inner surface of the side part 220, and similarly, the outer side of the separation part 34. An adhesive layer (not shown) is provided between the whole or a part of the surface and the inner surface of the side surface portion 230. Thereby, the sleeve-like portion 205 of the outer box portion B is provided along the outer surface of the sleeve-like portion 5 in the inner box portion A, for example, the front portion 210 is provided along the outer surface of the front portion 10. The side surface portion 220 is provided along the outer surface of the side surface portion 20, the side surface portion 230 is provided along the outer surface of the side surface portion 30, and the back surface portion 240 is aligned along the outer surface of the back surface portion 40. Is provided. The adhesive force of the adhesive layer is such that when the piece 224 of the outer box part B is rotated outward, the cut line 24a around the separation part 24 is broken at the same time, and the separation part 24 is separated from the inner box part A. It is set to follow the piece 224 in a state of being bonded to the separated and rotated piece 224. Similarly, when the piece 234 of the outer box B is turned outward, The cut line 34a around the separation part 34 is broken, and the separation part 34 is separated from the inner box part A, and is set to follow the piece part 234 in a state of being bonded to the rotated piece part 234.

また、内箱部Ａと外箱部Ｂとが接着された状態では、内箱部Ａの下端と外箱部Ｂの下端とが同じ高さになるように形成されている。なお、内箱部Ａと外箱部Ｂとは、分離部２４、３４の箇所以外は互いに接着されていない。 Further, when the inner box part A and the outer box part B are bonded, the lower end of the inner box part A and the lower end of the outer box part B are formed to have the same height. The inner box portion A and the outer box portion B are not bonded to each other except for the portions of the separation portions 24 and 34.

以上のように、内箱部Ａは外箱部Ｂの内側に収納した状態となっていて、内箱部Ａの底面部５０以外は外箱部Ｂに被覆された状態となっている。つまり、外箱部Ｂの下端の高さ方向の位置は、内箱部Ａの下端の高さ方向の位置と略同一であり、フラップ部２６０〜２９０を封止した状態では内箱部Ａにおいては底面部５０のみが露出している。 As described above, the inner box portion A is in a state of being housed inside the outer box portion B, and a portion other than the bottom surface portion 50 of the inner box portion A is covered with the outer box portion B. That is, the position in the height direction of the lower end of the outer box portion B is substantially the same as the position in the height direction of the lower end of the inner box portion A, and in the state where the flap portions 260 to 290 are sealed, Only the bottom surface portion 50 is exposed.

なお、上記構成の包装箱Ｐは、内箱部Ａが上記のように折り畳むことができ、また、外箱部Ｂがスリーブ状部２０５を有し、全体に略スリーブ状を呈しているので、包装箱Ｐの状態においても平板状に折り畳むことができ、正面部２１０を側面部２３０に対して略平行になるようにし、かつ、側面部２２０を背面部２４０に対して略平行になるようにすることにより、図１２に示すように平板状に折り畳むことができる。 In addition, the packaging box P having the above-described configuration can be folded in the inner box part A as described above, and the outer box part B has a sleeve-like part 205, and has a substantially sleeve-like shape as a whole. Even in the state of the packaging box P, it can be folded into a flat plate shape so that the front part 210 is substantially parallel to the side part 230 and the side part 220 is substantially parallel to the back part 240. By doing so, it can be folded into a flat plate shape as shown in FIG.

なお、上記内箱部Ａ及び外箱部Ｂにおいて、各折れ線の箇所には、予め罫線が形成されている。 In the inner box part A and the outer box part B, ruled lines are formed in advance at each broken line.

上記構成の包装箱Ｐの製造工程について説明する。まず、展開状態の内箱部Ａと外箱部Ｂとを製造する。 The manufacturing process of the packaging box P having the above configuration will be described. First, the inner box part A and the outer box part B in the unfolded state are manufactured.

次に、外箱部Ｂの内側の面に内箱部Ａの外側の面を接着させる（第１接着工程）。つまり、展開状態の外箱部Ｂの内側の面を上側にして、片部２２４における分離部２４との接着領域と片部２３４における分離部３４との接着領域に接着剤を塗布して、展開状態の内箱部Ａを図１０に示すように重ねる。これにより、分離部２４と片部２２４が接着され、分離部３４と片部２３４が接着される。その際、外箱部Ｂのスリーブ状部２０５の下辺と内箱部Ａのスリーブ状部５の下辺とが略一致する（一致するとしてもよい）ようにし、また、外箱部Ｂと内箱部Ａとにおいて、折れ線Ｃ２と折れ線Ｃ１２を一致させる。なお、スリーブ状部５とスリーブ状部２０５において、互いに対応する部材の横方向の長さは、外箱部Ｂの方が長く形成されているので、図８に示すように、折れ線Ｃ１３は、折れ線Ｃ３に対して外側にずれ、折れ線Ｃ１１は折れ線Ｃ１に対して外側にずれる。なお、外箱部Ａ２のスリーブ状部２０５の下辺と内箱部Ａのスリーブ状部５の下辺とを略一致させるので、内箱部が外箱部の下方から見えてしまい見栄えが悪くなることがない。 Next, the outer surface of the inner box portion A is bonded to the inner surface of the outer box portion B (first bonding step). That is, with the inner surface of the outer casing B in the unfolded state facing upward, the adhesive is applied to the bonding area of the piece 224 with the separation part 24 and the bonding area of the piece 234 with the separation part 34, The inner box part A in the state is overlapped as shown in FIG. Thereby, the separation part 24 and the piece part 224 are adhered, and the separation part 34 and the piece part 234 are adhered. At that time, the lower side of the sleeve-like part 205 of the outer box part B and the lower side of the sleeve-like part 5 of the inner box part A are substantially matched (may be matched), and the outer box part B and the inner box In the part A, the broken line C2 and the broken line C12 are made to coincide. In addition, in the sleeve-like portion 5 and the sleeve-like portion 205, the lateral length of the members corresponding to each other is formed longer in the outer box portion B. Therefore, as shown in FIG. The polygonal line C11 is shifted outward with respect to the polygonal line C3, and the polygonal line C11 is offset outward with respect to the polygonal line C1. In addition, since the lower side of the sleeve-like portion 205 of the outer box portion A2 and the lower side of the sleeve-like portion 5 of the inner box portion A are substantially matched, the inner box portion can be seen from below the outer box portion, resulting in poor appearance. There is no.

なお、外箱部Ｂに内箱部Ａを接着した状態では、接着板部１２６は、フラップ部２６０に対して突出し、接着板部１２６の一部は、外箱部Ｂ（具体的には、フラップ部２６０）に重ならない非重なり領域となる。 In the state where the inner box part A is bonded to the outer box part B, the adhesive plate part 126 protrudes with respect to the flap part 260, and a part of the adhesive plate part 126 is part of the outer box part B (specifically, This is a non-overlapping region that does not overlap the flap 260).

次に、接着板部１２６と第１片部６０の接着板部１２６との接着領域のいずれかへの接着剤の塗布と、正面前板部１１０と正面後板部１２４のいずれかへの接着剤の塗布と、ポケット前部前板部１１２とポケット前部後板部１１４のいずれかへの接着剤の塗布を行い、その後、接着板部１２６と正面後板部１２４とポケット上部右板部１２２とポケット上部左板部１２０と支持板部１１８と連結板部１１６とポケット前部後板部１１４からなる領域（以下「正面部１０における先端側領域」とする）を折れ線Ｃ２１を介してポケット前部前板部１１２に対して折り返して、図９に示すようにする。これにより、接着板部１２６と第１片部６０とが接着され、正面前板部１１０と正面後板部１２４とが接着され、ポケット前部前板部１１２とポケット前部後板部１４とが接着される（第２接着工程）。なお、接着剤を塗布する領域として、ポケット前部前板部１１２とする場合には、図６の領域Ｒ１に接着剤を塗布し、正面前板部１１０とする場合には、図６の領域Ｒ２に接着剤を塗布し、第１片部６０とする場合には、領域Ｒ３に接着剤を塗布する。 Next, application of an adhesive to any one of the bonding regions between the bonding plate portion 126 and the bonding plate portion 126 of the first piece 60, and bonding to either the front front plate portion 110 or the front rear plate portion 124. The adhesive is applied to one of the pocket front front plate portion 112 and the pocket front rear plate portion 114, and then the adhesive plate portion 126, the front rear plate portion 124, and the pocket upper right plate portion. 122, a pocket upper left plate portion 120, a support plate portion 118, a connecting plate portion 116, and a pocket front rear plate portion 114 (hereinafter referred to as a “front end side region in the front portion 10”) through a broken line C21. It is folded with respect to the front front plate part 112 as shown in FIG. Thereby, the adhesive plate portion 126 and the first piece portion 60 are bonded, the front front plate portion 110 and the front rear plate portion 124 are bonded, and the pocket front front plate portion 112 and the pocket front rear plate portion 14 are bonded. Are bonded (second bonding step). When the pocket front front plate portion 112 is used as the region where the adhesive is applied, the region shown in FIG. 6 is used when the adhesive is applied to the region R1 shown in FIG. When the adhesive is applied to R2 to form the first piece 60, the adhesive is applied to the region R3.

正面部１０における先端側領域を折れ線Ｃ２１を介して傾斜前板部１１２に対して折り返す際には、組立て装置においては、図１３（ａ）に示すように、搬送されてくる内箱部Ａ及び外箱部Ｂの接着板部１２０（特に、非重なり領域）にフック（フック状部材、係止用部材）３００を係止させ（引っ掛けとしてもよい）、フック３００は、接着板部１２０に係止した状態で正面部１０における先端側領域を持ち上げる方向（３００Ａに示す回動方向）に回動し、フック３００が回動するとともに、内箱部Ａ及び外箱部Ｂが搬送されてくるので、正面部１０における先端側領域は、正面部１０における基端側領域（該基端側領域は、ポケット前部前板部１１２と正面前板部１１０とからなる）に対して立ち上がっていき、図１３（ｂ）に示すように、正面部１０における先端側領域が、正面部１０における基端側領域に対して直角の状態になると、今度は、フック３００は、正面部１０の先端側領域が正面部１０の基端側領域に対して折り畳む方向（３００Ｂに示す回動方向、３００Ａの方向とは逆の回動方向）に回動して、図１３（ｃ）に示すように、正面部１０は、二つ折りの状態となる。フック３００は、回動軸３００Ｐを中心に回動し、回動軸３００Ｐの軸芯は搬送方向と直角の方向で水平方向（外箱部Ｂの配置面の方向）となっている。なお、本実施例の製造工程では、内箱部Ａ及び外箱部Ｂの搬送は、正面部１０において、接着板部１２０を先頭側とし正面前板部１１０を後尾側として搬送され、また、内箱部Ａ及び外箱部Ｂの搬送は等速で行われる。また、フック３００の回動軸の方向は、内箱部Ａ及び外箱部Ｂの搬送方向と直角の方向にあるといえる。また、フック３００の３００Ａに示す回動方向は、搬送方向の側への回動方向であり、３００Ｂに示す回動方向は、搬送方向の側への回動方向とは逆の回動方向である。なお、図１３は、正面部１０の位置で正面部１０の下辺と直角の方向に破断した際の端面図であるといえる。また、正面部１０における先端側領域は、「特定内箱部側面部において、第１折れ線よりも接着板部側の領域」である。 When the front end side region in the front portion 10 is folded back with respect to the inclined front plate portion 112 via the polygonal line C21, the assembly device, as shown in FIG. A hook (hook-like member, locking member) 300 is locked (may be hooked) to the adhesive plate portion 120 (particularly, a non-overlapping region) of the outer box portion B, and the hook 300 is engaged with the adhesive plate portion 120. In the stopped state, the front portion 10 is turned in the direction of lifting the tip side region (the turning direction shown in 300A), the hook 300 is turned, and the inner box portion A and the outer box portion B are conveyed. The front end side region in the front portion 10 rises with respect to the base end side region in the front portion 10 (the base end side region is composed of the pocket front front plate portion 112 and the front front plate portion 110). Shown in Figure 13 (b) When the front end side region in the front portion 10 is perpendicular to the base end side region in the front portion 10, the hook 300 now has a front end side region in the front portion 10 on the base end side of the front portion 10. The front part 10 is folded in a double-folded state as shown in FIG. 13 (c) by turning in the direction of folding with respect to the region (the turning direction shown in 300B, the turning direction opposite to the direction of 300A). It becomes. The hook 300 rotates around the rotation shaft 300P, and the axis of the rotation shaft 300P is horizontal (in the direction of the arrangement surface of the outer box portion B) in a direction perpendicular to the conveyance direction. In the manufacturing process of the present embodiment, the transport of the inner box part A and the outer box part B is transported with the adhesive plate part 120 as the leading side and the front front plate part 110 as the trailing side in the front part 10, The conveyance of the inner box part A and the outer box part B is performed at a constant speed. Further, it can be said that the direction of the rotation axis of the hook 300 is in a direction perpendicular to the conveying direction of the inner box part A and the outer box part B. Moreover, the rotation direction shown to 300A of the hook 300 is a rotation direction to the conveyance direction side, and the rotation direction shown to 300B is a rotation direction opposite to the rotation direction to the conveyance direction side. is there. FIG. 13 can be said to be an end view when the front portion 10 is broken in a direction perpendicular to the lower side of the front portion 10. Moreover, the front end side region in the front portion 10 is “a region closer to the adhesive plate portion than the first broken line in the specific inner box side surface portion”.

以上のように、正面部１０における先端側領域の折返しに際しては、フック３００で接着板部１２０を引っ掛けた状態で行なうが、接着板部１２０に非重なり領域が設けられているので、該非重なり領域をフック３００で引っ掛けることができる。 As described above, when the front end side region in the front portion 10 is folded, the adhesive plate portion 120 is hooked by the hook 300, but the non-overlapping region is provided in the adhesive plate portion 120. Can be hooked with the hook 300.

次に、内箱部Ａの底面部５０を構成する各部をスリーブ状部５に対して内側に折り返し、さらに、第２片部７０の先端部７４を本体部７２に対して外側に折り返すとともに、第３片部８０の先端部８４を本体部８２に対して外側に折り返して、図１０に示す状態とする（第２折り返し工程）。つまり、第１片部６０を正面部１０との境界の折れ線を介して正面部１０側に折り返し、第２片部７０を側面部２０との境界の折れ線を介して側面部２０側に折り返し、第３片部８０を側面部３０との境界の折れ線を介して側面部３０側に折り返し、第４片部９０を背面部４０との境界の折れ線を介して背面部４０側に折り返し、さらに、先端部７４を本体部７２に対して折り返すとともに、先端部８４を本体部８２に対して折り返す。 Next, each part constituting the bottom surface part 50 of the inner box part A is folded back inward with respect to the sleeve-like part 5, and further, the tip part 74 of the second piece part 70 is folded back outward with respect to the main body part 72, The distal end portion 84 of the third piece 80 is folded outward with respect to the main body portion 82 to obtain the state shown in FIG. 10 (second folding step). That is, the first piece 60 is folded back to the front portion 10 side via a fold line at the boundary with the front portion 10, and the second piece 70 is folded back to the side portion 20 side via a fold line at the boundary with the side portion 20, The third piece part 80 is folded back to the side face part 30 side via a fold line at the boundary with the side face part 30, and the fourth piece part 90 is folded back to the back face part 40 side via a fold line at the boundary with the back face part 40. The distal end portion 74 is folded back with respect to the main body portion 72, and the distal end portion 84 is folded back with respect to the main body portion 82.

次に、先端部７４の領域に接着剤を塗布して（第１接着剤塗布工程）、背面部２４０を折れ線Ｃ１３を介して側面部２２０の側に内側に折り返す（折り返し工程）ことにより、背面部４０を折れ線Ｃ３を介して側面部２０側に折り返し、図１１に示す状態とする。すると、先端部７４が第４片部９０に接着される。 Next, an adhesive is applied to the region of the front end portion 74 (first adhesive application step), and the back surface portion 240 is folded inward to the side surface portion 220 side via the fold line C13 (folding step). The portion 40 is folded back to the side surface portion 20 side through the polygonal line C3 to obtain the state shown in FIG. Then, the distal end portion 74 is bonded to the fourth piece portion 90.

次に、先端部８４の領域と、糊代部４９の領域と、糊代部２４２の領域に接着剤を塗布して（第２接着剤塗布工程）、側面部２３０を折れ線Ｃ１１を介して正面部２１０の側に内側に折り返すことにより、側面部３０を折れ線Ｃ１を介して正面部１０側に折り返し、図１２に示す状態とする。すると、先端部８４と第１片部６０が接着され、糊代部４９が側面部３０に接着され、糊代部２４２が背面部２４０に接着される（第３接着工程）。なお、糊代部４９の代わりに、側面部３０における糊代部４９との接着領域に接着剤を塗布してもよく、また、糊代部２４２の代わりに、背面部２４０における糊代部２４２との接着領域に接着剤を塗布してもよい。以上のようにして、包装箱Ｐが製造される。なお、上記の製造は、組立て装置により自動で製造される。 Next, an adhesive is applied to the region of the distal end portion 84, the region of the adhesive margin portion 49, and the region of the adhesive margin portion 242 (second adhesive application step), and the side surface portion 230 is front-faced via the broken line C11. By folding back to the side of the portion 210 inward, the side surface portion 30 is folded back to the front surface portion 10 side via the polygonal line C1 to obtain the state shown in FIG. Then, the tip end portion 84 and the first piece portion 60 are bonded, the adhesive margin portion 49 is adhered to the side surface portion 30, and the adhesive margin portion 242 is adhered to the back surface portion 240 (third adhesion step). Instead of the glue margin 49, an adhesive may be applied to the bonding area of the side face 30 with the glue margin 49, and instead of the glue margin 242, the glue margin 242 in the back surface 240. An adhesive may be applied to the adhesive region. The packaging box P is manufactured as described above. In addition, said manufacture is manufactured automatically by an assembly apparatus.

なお、上記の製造工程において、第３片部８０を側面部３０側に折り返し、第１片部６０を正面部１０側に折り返し、さらに、先端部８４を本体部８２に対して折り返す工程は、背面部２４０を側面部２２０の側に折り返して、先端部７４を第４片部９０に接着した後で、先端部８４の領域と、糊代部４９の領域と、糊代部２４２の領域に接着剤を塗布する前に行ってもよい。つまり、第２接着工程は、折り返し工程の後に行ってもよい。第３片部８０を側面部３０側に折り返し、第１片部６０を正面部１０側に折り返し、さらに、先端部８４を本体部８２に対して折り返す工程と、その後に、先端部８４と糊代部４９、２４２に接着剤を塗布する工程が、第２折り返し・接着剤塗布工程となる。その場合、上記折返し工程では、第２片部７０と第４片部９０を折り返して、先端部７４を折り返し、その後、先端部７４に接着剤を塗布することになる（第１折り返し・接着剤塗布工程）。 In the above manufacturing process, the third piece 80 is folded back to the side face 30, the first piece 60 is folded back to the front face 10, and the tip 84 is folded back to the main body 82. After the back surface portion 240 is folded back to the side surface portion 220 and the tip portion 74 is bonded to the fourth piece 90, the tip portion 84, the glue margin 49 region, and the glue margin portion 242 region are formed. You may carry out before apply | coating an adhesive agent. That is, the second adhesion step may be performed after the folding step. The step of folding back the third piece 80 to the side face 30, the first piece 60 to the front face 10, and the tip 84 to the body 82, and then the tip 84 and the glue The process of applying the adhesive to the surrogate portions 49 and 242 is the second folding / adhesive application process. In that case, in the folding step, the second piece portion 70 and the fourth piece portion 90 are folded back, the tip portion 74 is folded back, and then an adhesive is applied to the tip portion 74 (first folding / adhesive agent). Application process).

また、先端部７４への接着剤の塗布は、第２片部７０を折り返し先端部７４を折り返した状態で行うとしたが、図９の状態で先端部７４（又は第４片部９０）に接着剤を塗布した後に、第２片部７０を図１０に示す状態としてもよい（第１接着剤塗布・折り返し工程）。 In addition, the application of the adhesive to the tip 74 is performed in a state where the second piece 70 is folded and the tip 74 is folded, but in the state of FIG. 9, the tip 74 (or the fourth piece 90) is applied. After the adhesive is applied, the second piece 70 may be in the state shown in FIG. 10 (first adhesive application / folding step).

また、先端部８４への接着剤の塗布は、第３片部８０を折り返し先端部８４を折り返した状態で行うとしたが、図９の状態で先端部８４（又は第１片部６０）に接着剤を塗布した後に、第３片部８０を図１０に示す状態としてもよい（第２接着剤塗布・折り返し工程）。なお、図９の状態で先端部８４に接着剤を塗布した後に、第３片部８０を図１０に示す状態とするのは、背面部２４０を側面部２２０の側に折り返して、先端部７４を第４片部９０に接着した後でもよく（第２接着剤塗布・折り返し工程）、図１０の状態で先端部８４に接着剤を塗布した後に、第３片部８０を図１０に示す状態とするのと同時に行ってもよい。 In addition, the application of the adhesive to the tip portion 84 is performed in a state where the third piece portion 80 is folded and the tip portion 84 is folded, but in the state of FIG. 9, the tip portion 84 (or the first piece portion 60) is applied. After applying the adhesive, the third piece 80 may be in the state shown in FIG. 10 (second adhesive applying / folding step). The state in which the third piece 80 is in the state shown in FIG. 10 after the adhesive is applied to the tip 84 in the state of FIG. 9 is that the back part 240 is folded back to the side part 220 and the tip 74 10 may be adhered to the fourth piece 90 (second adhesive application / folding step), and after the adhesive is applied to the tip 84 in the state shown in FIG. 10, the third piece 80 is shown in FIG. You may go at the same time.

上記構成の包装箱Ｐの使用状態について説明する。包装箱Ｐを使用しない状況では、包装箱Ｐは平板状に折り畳むことができるので、折り畳んで保管しておく。すなわち、外箱部Ｂがスリーブ状部２０５を有するとともに、内箱部Ａがスリーブ状部５を有しているので、包装箱Ｐの状態においても平板状に折り畳むことができ、正面部２１０と側面部２２０間の角度を大きくし、側面部２３０と背面部２４０間の角度を大きくすることにより、図１２に示すように平板状に折り畳むことができる。 The use state of the packaging box P having the above configuration will be described. In a situation where the packaging box P is not used, the packaging box P can be folded into a flat plate shape, so that it is folded and stored. That is, since the outer box part B has the sleeve-like part 205 and the inner box part A has the sleeve-like part 5, it can be folded into a flat plate shape even in the state of the packaging box P. By increasing the angle between the side surface portions 220 and increasing the angle between the side surface portion 230 and the back surface portion 240, it can be folded into a flat plate shape as shown in FIG.

次に、包装箱Ｐを使用する際に、包装箱Ｐを組み立てる。すなわち、外箱部Ｂにおける正面部２１０と背面部２４０とが互いに平行になり、側面部２２０と側面部２３０とが互いに平行になるようにするとともに、内箱部Ａにおける正面部１０と背面部４０とが互いに平行になり、側面部２０と側面部３０とが互いに平行になるようにし、底面部５０がスリーブ状部５、２０５に対して直角になるようにすることにより包装箱Ｐが立体状に組み立てられる。 Next, when using the packaging box P, the packaging box P is assembled. That is, the front part 210 and the back part 240 in the outer box part B are parallel to each other, the side part 220 and the side part 230 are parallel to each other, and the front part 10 and the back part in the inner box part A 40 is parallel to each other, the side surface portion 20 and the side surface portion 30 are parallel to each other, and the bottom surface portion 50 is perpendicular to the sleeve-like portions 5 and 205 so that the packaging box P is three-dimensional. Assembled into a shape.

そして、図１４に示すように、包装箱Ｐの上方から複数の内箱被収納物（商品）Ｇを内箱部Ａ内に収納する。図１４は、袋状の商品である例を示しているが、他の内箱被収納物であってもよい。なお、蓋部２７０、２８０及びフラップ部２６０、２９０は、予め上方に立設した状態になっていて、外箱部Ｂの上方が開口した状態になっているので、内箱被収納物Ｇはそのまま包装箱Ｐの上方から収納すればよい。その後、フラップ部２６０、２９０を閉じた後に蓋部２７０、２８０を閉じて、図１５に示すように、接着テープＴを外箱部Ｂの正面部２１０から上面を経て背面部２４０側にまで接着させることにより、蓋部２７０、２８０を封止する。 Then, as shown in FIG. 14, a plurality of inner box articles (products) G are stored in the inner box portion A from above the packaging box P. FIG. 14 shows an example of a bag-like product, but other inner-box-accommodated items may be used. In addition, since the cover parts 270 and 280 and the flap parts 260 and 290 are in an upright state in advance, and the upper part of the outer box part B is in an open state, What is necessary is just to store from the upper direction of the packaging box P as it is. Thereafter, the flap portions 260 and 290 are closed, and then the lid portions 270 and 280 are closed. As shown in FIG. 15, the adhesive tape T is bonded from the front surface portion 210 of the outer box portion B to the back surface portion 240 side through the upper surface. By doing so, the lid portions 270 and 280 are sealed.

以上のようにして、内箱被収納物Ｇを包装箱Ｐに包装したら、内箱被収納物Ｇを収納した包装箱Ｐを内箱被収納物Ｇを陳列する場所に搬送する。 When the inner box contents G are packaged in the packaging box P as described above, the packaging box P containing the inner box contents G is transported to a place where the inner box contents G are displayed.

その後、内箱被収納物を陳列する場合には、外箱部Ｂを内箱部Ａから分離する。すなわち、外箱部Ｂの側面部２２０の片部２２６を内側に押し込むことにより片部２２４の先端に指を引っかけることができるようにした後に、片部２２４を外側に回動させる。つまり、折れ線Ｃ２２４が回動軸となって片部２２４が上下方向に回動する。 After that, when displaying the inner-box stored items, the outer-box portion B is separated from the inner-box portion A. That is, after the piece portion 226 of the side portion 220 of the outer box portion B is pushed inward, a finger can be hooked on the tip of the piece portion 224, and then the piece portion 224 is rotated outward. That is, the broken line C224 serves as a rotation axis, and the piece 224 rotates in the vertical direction.

同様に、外箱部Ｂの側面部２３０の片部２３６を内側に押し込むことにより片部２３４の先端に指を引っかけることができるようにした後に、片部２３４を外側に回動させて、図１６に示す状態とする。つまり、折れ線Ｃ２３４が回動軸となって片部２３４が上下方向に回動する。なお、片部２２４、２３４が回動する際の回動軸となる折れ線Ｃ２２４、Ｃ２３４の箇所には、罫線を形成しておかなくても片部２２４、２３４を回動させることにより自然と折れ線が形成されるが、予め該折れ線の箇所に罫線を形成しておいてもよい。 Similarly, after the piece 236 of the side surface portion 230 of the outer box portion B is pushed inward so that a finger can be hooked on the tip of the piece 234, the piece 234 is rotated outward, The state shown in FIG. That is, the broken line C234 serves as a rotation axis, and the piece 234 rotates in the vertical direction. It should be noted that the polygonal lines C224 and C234, which are the rotation axes when the pieces 224 and 234 rotate, can be naturally bent by rotating the pieces 224 and 234 without forming ruled lines. However, a ruled line may be formed in advance at the portion of the broken line.

すると、外箱部Ｂの片部２２４を外側に回動させた際に、同時に分離部２４の周囲の切目線２４ａが破れて、分離部２４が内箱部Ａ（具体的には、本体部２２）から分離し、回動させた片部２２４に接着した状態で片部２２４に従動する。同様に、外箱部Ｂの片部２３４を外側に回動させた際に、同時に分離部３４の周囲の切目線３４ａが破れて、分離部３４が内箱部Ａ（具体的には、本体部３２）から分離し、回動させた片部２３４に接着した状態で片部２３４に従動する。 Then, when the piece part 224 of the outer box part B is rotated outward, the cut line 24a around the separation part 24 is broken at the same time, and the separation part 24 becomes the inner box part A (specifically, the main body part). 22) and is driven by the piece 224 in a state of being bonded to the piece 224 rotated. Similarly, when the piece part 234 of the outer box part B is rotated outward, the cut line 34a around the separator part 34 is broken at the same time, so that the separator part 34 becomes the inner box part A (specifically, the main body It follows the piece 234 in a state where it is separated from the portion 32) and adhered to the rotated piece 234.

そして、図１７に示すように、外箱部Ｂを上方に引き上げることにより、内箱被収納物、つまり、商品Ｇを収納した状態で、かつ、分離部２４、３４が分離した状態の内箱部Ａが残るので、商品Ｇを収納した状態で内箱部Ａを陳列する。商品Ｇを陳列する際には、傾斜前板部１１２を傾斜させて表示状態とする。 And as shown in FIG. 17, by pulling the outer box part B upward, the inner box container, that is, the inner box in a state where the product G is stored and the separating parts 24 and 34 are separated. Since the part A remains, the inner box part A is displayed in a state where the commodity G is stored. When the product G is displayed, the tilted front plate portion 112 is tilted to be in a display state.

次に、正面部１０を組み立てて、ポケットを展開した状態（展開状態のポケットを形成した状態としてもよい）にするには、まず、ポケット前板部１１１を手前に引く。すなわち、開口部１０ｈに指を入れて、ポケット前部前板部１１２の右下の端部をつかみ、手前（正面側）に引っ張る（図１８参照）。 Next, in order to assemble the front surface portion 10 and bring the pocket into a developed state (a state in which a developed pocket is formed), first, the pocket front plate portion 111 is pulled forward. That is, a finger is put into the opening 10h, the lower right end of the pocket front front plate 112 is grasped, and pulled toward the front (front side) (see FIG. 18).

すると、ポケット前部前板部１１２の下端が正面前板部１１０に対して引っ張られるので、切目線１１０Ｋが切断し、ポケット前部前板部１１２が手前にひっぱられるに伴い、ポケット前部前板部１１２に接着されたポケット前部後板部１１４も正面側に移動して、正面後板部１２４から離れるので、切目線１２４Ｋａ、１２４Ｋｂが切断する。 Then, since the lower end of the pocket front front plate portion 112 is pulled with respect to the front front plate portion 110, the cut line 110K is cut, and the pocket front front plate portion 112 is pulled toward the front, Since the pocket front rear plate portion 114 bonded to the plate portion 112 also moves to the front side and is separated from the front rear plate portion 124, the cut lines 124Ka and 124Kb are cut.

また、図１９に示すように、ポケット前部前板部１１２が手前に引っ張られて移動するのに伴い、ポケット上部左板部１２０とポケット上部右板部１２２と支持板部１１８が正面後板部１２４に対して回動し、連結板部１１６がポケット前部後板部１１４に対して背面側に回動するとともに、支持板部１１８に対して背面側（具体的には、背面側斜め上方）に回動するので、これにより、切目線１１８Ｋａ、１１８Ｋｂが切断して、突状部１１８−１、１１８−２がポケット前部前板部１１２の裏面を押して、突状部１１８−１、１１８−２の位置（具体的には、左右方向の範囲において、ポケット前部前板部１１２とポケット前部後板部１１４の接着された領域よりも外側の範囲（突状部１１８−１、１１８−２の位置を含む））でポケット前部前板部１１２とポケット前部後板部１１４間に隙間が形成されて、側面視において、ポケット前部前板部１１２とポケット前部後板部１１４とが開いた状態となる（図２０参照）。この図２０に示す状態では、側面視における支持板部１１８とポケット前部前板部１２がなす上側の角度α１１は、鈍角を形成する。なお、図２０は、図１９の状態に対応するものである。 Further, as shown in FIG. 19, as the pocket front front plate portion 112 is pulled and moved toward the front, the pocket upper left plate portion 120, the pocket upper right plate portion 122, and the support plate portion 118 become the front rear plate. The connecting plate part 116 is rotated to the back side with respect to the pocket front part rear plate part 114 and the back side of the support plate part 118 (specifically, the back side is inclined). Accordingly, the cut lines 118Ka and 118Kb are cut, and the projecting portions 118-1 and 118-2 push the back surface of the front pocket front plate portion 112, thereby projecting the projecting portion 118-1. , 118-2 (specifically, in the range in the left-right direction, the range outside the region where the pocket front front plate portion 112 and the pocket front rear plate portion 114 are bonded (the projecting portion 118-1). , Including the position 118-2))) A gap is formed between the front front plate portion 112 and the pocket front rear plate portion 114, and the pocket front front plate portion 112 and the pocket front rear plate portion 114 are opened in a side view (see FIG. 20). In the state shown in FIG. 20, the upper angle α11 formed by the support plate 118 and the front pocket front plate 12 in a side view forms an obtuse angle. FIG. 20 corresponds to the state of FIG.

なお、突状部１１８−１、１１８−２がポケット前部前板部１１４を押して、ポケット前部前板部１１２とポケット前部後板部１１４間に隙間が形成された状態では、ポケット前部後板部１１４の左右方向における中央領域（折れ線Ｃ２４の一方の端部から他方の端部までの領域）はポケット前部前板部１１２と接着されているので、ポケット前部後板部１１４は、接着領域が正面側に膨出し、左右の端部側にいくに従い、背面側に湾曲した形状となる。 In the state where the protrusions 118-1 and 118-2 push the front pocket front plate part 114 and a gap is formed between the front pocket front plate part 112 and the front pocket rear plate part 114, Since the central region (region from one end of the broken line C24 to the other end) of the rear part 114 in the left-right direction is bonded to the pocket front front part 112, the pocket front rear part 114 The adhesive region bulges to the front side and becomes a shape curved to the back side as it goes to the left and right end portions.

その後、さらに、ポケット前部１１１を正面側下方に引き出すことにより、支持板部１１８が正面側に回動し、支持板部１１８とポケット前部前板部１１２がなす上側の角度が小さくなり、側面視において、支持板部１１６がポケット前部前板部１１２に対して直角の状態となった際に、ポケット前部前板部１１２とポケット前部後板部１１４間の隙間が最も大きくなる。支持板部１１６がポケット前部前板部１１２に対して直角では、ポケット上部左板部１２０とポケット上部右板部１２２もポケット前部前板部１１２に対して略直角の状態となる。 Thereafter, by further pulling out the pocket front part 111 downward on the front side, the support plate part 118 rotates to the front side, and the upper angle formed by the support plate part 118 and the pocket front part front plate part 112 becomes small, When the support plate portion 116 is at a right angle to the pocket front front plate portion 112 in a side view, the gap between the pocket front front plate portion 112 and the pocket front rear plate portion 114 is the largest. . When the support plate portion 116 is perpendicular to the pocket front front plate portion 112, the pocket upper left plate portion 120 and the pocket upper right plate portion 122 are also substantially perpendicular to the pocket front front plate portion 112.

その後、さらに、ポケット前部１１１を下方に移動させて、ポケット上部左板部１２０とポケット上部右板部１２２が正面側に下方に傾斜するまで傾けると、支持板部１１６とポケット前部前板部１１２がなす上側の角度が直角よりもさらに小さくなり、支持板部１１８の突状部１１８−１、１１８−２の先端のポケット前部前板部１１２の裏面との接触が解除されて、突状部１１８−１、１１８−２の先端とポケット前部前板部１１２の裏面との間に隙間が形成される。また、ポケット前部１１１を下方に十分移動させて、ポケット上部左板部１２０とポケット上部右板部１２２と支持板部１１８の正面後板部１２４に対する折曲げを十分行なうと、連結板部１１６がポケット前部後板部１１４と支持板部１１８に対して十分折り曲げられる。 Thereafter, when the pocket front portion 111 is further moved downward and tilted until the pocket upper left plate portion 120 and the pocket upper right plate portion 122 are inclined downward to the front side, the support plate portion 116 and the pocket front front plate are inclined. The upper angle formed by the portion 112 is further smaller than a right angle, and the contact between the protrusions 118-1 and 118-2 of the support plate portion 118 and the back surface of the front pocket front plate portion 112 is released, A gap is formed between the tips of the projecting portions 118-1 and 118-2 and the back surface of the front pocket front plate portion 112. Further, when the pocket front portion 111 is sufficiently moved downward and the pocket upper left plate portion 120, the pocket upper right plate portion 122, and the support plate portion 118 are sufficiently bent with respect to the front rear plate portion 124, the connecting plate portion 116 is obtained. Is sufficiently bent with respect to the pocket front rear plate portion 114 and the support plate portion 118.

そして、ポケット前部１１１を下方に移動させていた力を解除することにより、支持板部１１８とポケット上部左板部１２０とポケット上部右板部１２２の正面後板部１２４に対する折曲げから復帰しようとして、、支持板部１１８とポケット上部左板部１２０とポケット上部右板部１２２の正面側の端部が上昇してポケット前部１１１が上昇するが、支持板部１１８のポケット前部前板部１１２に対する角度が略直角の位置で、突状部１１８−１、１１８−２の先端がポケット前部前板部１１２の裏面に接し、これにより、ポケット前部１１１の上昇が停止して、図２１〜図２３に示す様に、ポケット前部１１１と下正面部１０９（特に、正面後板部１２４）と支持板部１１８とポケット上部左板部１２０とポケット上部右板部１２２とで囲まれた展開状態のポケット（収納部）Ｗが形成される。 Then, by releasing the force that has moved the pocket front portion 111 downward, the support plate portion 118, the pocket upper left plate portion 120, and the pocket upper right plate portion 122 will return from the bending to the front rear plate portion 124. As described above, the front end portions of the support plate portion 118, the pocket upper left plate portion 120, and the pocket upper right plate portion 122 rise and the pocket front portion 111 rises, but the pocket front front plate of the support plate portion 118 rises. At the position where the angle with respect to the portion 112 is substantially perpendicular, the tips of the projecting portions 118-1 and 118-2 are in contact with the back surface of the front pocket front plate portion 112, thereby stopping the rise of the front pocket portion 111. As shown in FIGS. 21 to 23, the pocket front portion 111, the lower front portion 109 (particularly, the front rear plate portion 124), the support plate portion 118, the pocket upper left plate portion 120, and the pocket upper right plate portion 122 Pocket (housing unit) between the unfolded state W is formed.

形成された展開状態のポケットにおいては、ポケット前部１１１と下正面部１０９とが互いに略平行に鉛直方向に配置され（特に、ポケット前部後板部１１４と下正面部１０９（特に、正面後板部１２４）が平行（略平行としてもよい）となる）、支持板部１１８は略水平方向となる。また、連結板部１１６は、側面視において、支持板部１１８とポケット前部後板部１１４に対して略４５度をなす。なお、連結板部１１８が支持板部１１８とポケット前部後板部１１４に対して傾斜した状態となるので、支持板部１１６がポケット前部前板部１１２に対して略直角にしやすいといえる。 In the formed unfolded pocket, the pocket front part 111 and the lower front part 109 are arranged substantially parallel to each other in the vertical direction (particularly, the pocket front rear plate part 114 and the lower front part 109 (particularly the front rear part). The plate portion 124) is parallel (may be substantially parallel), and the support plate portion 118 is substantially horizontal. Further, the connecting plate portion 116 forms substantially 45 degrees with respect to the support plate portion 118 and the pocket front rear plate portion 114 in a side view. In addition, since the connecting plate portion 118 is inclined with respect to the support plate portion 118 and the pocket front rear plate portion 114, it can be said that the support plate portion 116 is likely to be substantially perpendicular to the pocket front front plate portion 112. .

このポケットに、商品の広告や説明等を記載したカード等のポケット被収納物を収納して使用することができる。なお、正面後板部１２４には、支持板部１１８が正面側に折曲されていることにより、左右方向に折れ線Ｃ２５の長さ（最小長さ）の切欠きが形成されているので、ポケット被収納物の左右方向の長さは、折れ線Ｃ２５の長さよりも長いものとし、また、ポケット上部左板部１２０とポケット上部右板部１２２が設けられているので、被収納物の左右方向の長さは、折れ線Ｃ２１ｃの長さよりも短いものとする。また、ポケットＷの左側面側と右側面側の面には壁部は設けられていないので、ポケット被収納物の上下方向の長さは、折れ線Ｃ２２ａ（折れ線Ｃ２２ｂとしてもよい）と折れ線Ｃ２５間の上下方向の長さよりも長くする。 In this pocket, a pocket storage item such as a card in which an advertisement or explanation of a product is written can be stored and used. The front rear plate portion 124 is formed with a notch having a length (minimum length) of the fold line C25 in the left-right direction because the support plate portion 118 is bent to the front side. The length in the left-right direction of the object to be stored is longer than the length of the broken line C25, and the pocket upper left plate part 120 and the pocket upper right plate part 122 are provided. The length is shorter than the length of the broken line C21c. Moreover, since the wall part is not provided in the surface on the left side surface side and the right side surface side of the pocket W, the length in the vertical direction of the pocket contents is between the polygonal line C22a (may be the polygonal line C22b) and the polygonal line C25. It is longer than the vertical length of.

以上のようにして、内箱部Ａの正面側に商品の広告や説明等を記載したカード等のポケット被収納物を配置した状態で、内箱被収納物（つまり、商品）を内箱部Ａに収納した状態で内箱被収納物を陳列することができる。特に、ポケットＷは正面側に突出して設けられるため、内箱被収納物を収納した状態の内箱部Ａを棚に置いた状態では、プライスレール（つまり、棚に載置される物の脱落を防止し、値札を設置するためのプライスレール）を正面側に超えてポケット被収納物を配置できるので、ポケットに収納されたカード等のポケット被収納物をユーザに気づきやすくして販促効果を高めることができる。 As described above, in the state where the pocket items to be stored such as the cards describing the advertisements and explanations of the products are arranged on the front side of the inner box portion A, the inner box items (that is, the products) are placed in the inner box portion. In the state of being stored in A, the inner box storage items can be displayed. In particular, since the pocket W is provided so as to protrude to the front side, the price rail (that is, the dropout of the item placed on the shelf) is dropped when the inner box portion A in the state where the inner box storage item is stored is placed on the shelf. Can be placed across the front side (price rail for installing price tags), making it easier for users to notice pocketed items such as cards stored in pockets, and promoting sales Can be increased.

また、本実施例の正面部１０の構成によれば、傾斜部１１１を正面側に引き出す操作を行なうのみでポケットを形成できるので、操作が極めて容易である。特に、ポケットを形成するに際して、差込みや係止の操作がないので、ポケットを形成するための操作が容易となる。 Moreover, according to the structure of the front part 10 of a present Example, since a pocket can be formed only by performing operation which pulls out the inclination part 111 to the front side, operation is very easy. In particular, when the pocket is formed, there is no insertion or locking operation, so that the operation for forming the pocket becomes easy.

なお、展開状態のポケットをポケットが折り畳まれた状態（図１８に示す状態。ただし、当然切目線は切断されている）にするには、上記と逆に、ポケット前部１１１を上側かつ背面側に移動させて、側面視における支持板部１１８とポケット前部前板部１２がなす上側の角度α１１が大きくなるように、ポケット上部左板部１２０、ポケット上部右板部１２２、支持体部１１８を正面後板部１２４に対して背面側に回動させて、図１８に示す状態で、ポケットＷが折り畳まれる。 In order to make the pocket in the unfolded state folded (as shown in FIG. 18; however, the cut line is naturally cut), the pocket front portion 111 is placed on the upper side and the rear side, contrary to the above. And the pocket upper left plate portion 120, the pocket upper right plate portion 122, and the support body portion 118 so that the upper angle α11 formed by the support plate portion 118 and the pocket front front plate portion 12 in a side view is increased. Is rotated rearward with respect to the front rear plate portion 124, and the pocket W is folded in the state shown in FIG.

なお、本実施例では、ポケットＷの展開状態と折畳み状態間の操作を繰り返しても、展開状態において、ある部材が他の部材に係止することがないので、係止箇所の破損がなく、展開状態と折畳み状態とを繰り返して使用することができる。つまり、係止箇所がある場合には、展開状態と折畳み状態を繰り返すうちに、係止箇所が破損するおそれがあるが、そのようなおそれがない。 In this embodiment, even if the operation between the expanded state and the folded state of the pocket W is repeated, a certain member is not locked to another member in the expanded state, so there is no breakage of the locking portion, The unfolded state and the folded state can be used repeatedly. That is, when there is a locking portion, there is a possibility that the locking portion may be damaged while the unfolded state and the folded state are repeated, but there is no such risk.

本実施例の包装箱Ｐによれば、図１や図２に示すように、上方が開口した包装箱Ａに対して上方から内箱被収納物である商品を収納して、蓋部２７０、２８０を閉じて１つの接着テープＴにより封止するのみであるので、容易に内箱被収納物（商品）の梱包作業を行うことができる。 According to the packaging box P of the present embodiment, as shown in FIG. 1 and FIG. Since only 280 is closed and sealed with one adhesive tape T, the packing operation of the inner box article (product) can be easily performed.

さらに、本実施例の包装箱Ｐの製造方法によれば、上記のように、外箱部Ｂと内箱部Ａを重ねて接着した後に、接着剤を塗布した後に折り返す工程を２回行う（つまり、図１０の状態から図１１の状態への工程と、図１１の状態から図１２の状態への工程）ことにより製造することができるので、包装箱Ｐの製造が容易となる。 Furthermore, according to the manufacturing method of the packaging box P of the present embodiment, as described above, after the outer box part B and the inner box part A are overlapped and bonded, the step of turning back after applying the adhesive is performed twice ( That is, since it can manufacture by the process from the state of FIG. 10 to the state of FIG. 11 and the process from the state of FIG. 11 to the state of FIG. 12, manufacture of the packaging box P becomes easy.

なお、上記の説明においては、支持板部１１８とポケット前部後板部１１４の間に連結板部１１６を設けるとして説明したが、図２４に示すように、折れ線Ｃ２３の構成を省略して、図６におけるポケット前部後板部１１４と連結板部１１６とを合わせた形状のポケット前部後構成部１１３とし、この場合のポケット前部後構成部１１３は、折れ線が設けられていない１枚の板状とする。これにより、ポケット前部後構成部１１３から折れ線Ｃ２４を介して支持板部１１８が連設されている構成となる。なお、図２４の場合には、支持板部１１８の突状部１１８−１、１１８−２の長さ（図２４における上下方向の長さ）（基端から先端までの長さ）は、図６の場合に比べて若干短く構成される。 In the above description, the connecting plate portion 116 is provided between the support plate portion 118 and the pocket front rear plate portion 114, but the configuration of the broken line C23 is omitted as shown in FIG. A pocket front rear component 113 having a shape in which the pocket front rear plate 114 and the connecting plate 116 in FIG. 6 are combined, and the pocket front rear component 113 in this case is one sheet without a broken line. The plate shape. Thereby, it becomes the structure by which the support plate part 118 is continuously provided from the pocket front part rear structure part 113 via the broken line C24. In the case of FIG. 24, the lengths (the length in the vertical direction in FIG. 24) (the length from the base end to the tip end) of the projecting portions 118-1 and 118-2 of the support plate portion 118 are as shown in FIG. Compared to the case of 6, the configuration is slightly shorter.

また、上記の説明においては、切目線１１８Ｋｃと切目線１２０Ｋの間に切目線１２４Ｋａが設けられ、切目線１１８Ｋｄと切目線１２２Ｋの間に切目線１２４Ｋｂが設けられているとしたが、切目線１２４Ｋａ、１２４Ｋｂの構成を省略して、支持板部１１６がポケット前部後板部１１４の左右両側の端部にまで形成されているようにしてもよい。つまり、その場合には、切目線１１８Ｋｃと１１８Ｋａは、切目線１２０Ｋの端部（折れ線Ｃ２２ａ側の端部）に接し、切目線１１８Ｋｄと１１８Ｋｂは、切目線１２２Ｋの端部（折れ線Ｃ２２ｂ側の端部）に接することになる。 In the above description, the cut line 124Ka is provided between the cut line 118Kc and the cut line 120K, and the cut line 124Kb is provided between the cut line 118Kd and the cut line 122K. , 124 Kb may be omitted, and the support plate 116 may be formed up to the left and right ends of the pocket front rear plate 114. That is, in that case, the score lines 118Kc and 118Ka are in contact with the end of the score line 120K (end on the side of the broken line C22a), and the score lines 118Kd and 118Kb are the end of the score line 122K (the end on the side of the broken line C22b). Part).

また、外箱部Ｂにおいて、切目線２２２ａ、２２２ｃ、２３２ａ、２３２ｃは切断予定線であるとしたが、連続した切込みにより形成された切目線でもよい。 Further, in the outer box portion B, the cut lines 222a, 222c, 232a, and 232c are assumed to be cut lines, but may be cut lines formed by continuous cuts.

なお、上記の説明において、図８〜図１２に示す工程で包装箱Ｐを製造するとして説明したが、外箱部Ｂと内箱部Ａの展開状態を左右対称として製造してもよい。すなわち、図７に示す状態の外箱部Ｂの上面に図５に示す状態の内箱部Ａを重ねて接着し、内箱部Ａの底面部を構成する各部を折り返すとともに、第２片部７０の先端部と第３片部８０の先端部を外側に折り返して、先端部７４に接着剤を塗布して背面部２４０を折り返し、さらに、先端部８４と糊代部４９、２４２に接着剤を塗布して側面部２３０を折り返すことにより包装箱を製造してもよい。その場合に製造された包装箱は、図１〜図４の構成に際して左右対称に形成されることになる。 In addition, in said description, although demonstrated as manufacturing the packaging box P at the process shown in FIGS. 8-12, you may manufacture by making the expansion | deployment state of the outer box part B and the inner box part A left-right symmetrical. That is, the inner box portion A in the state shown in FIG. 5 is overlapped and bonded to the upper surface of the outer box portion B in the state shown in FIG. 7, the respective parts constituting the bottom surface portion of the inner box portion A are folded back, and the second piece portion 70, the tip of the third piece 80 and the tip of the third piece 80 are folded outward, an adhesive is applied to the tip 74, the back surface 240 is folded back, and the adhesive is applied to the tip 84 and the glue margins 49, 242. You may manufacture a packaging box by apply | coating and folding the side part 230. FIG. The packaging box manufactured in that case is formed symmetrically in the configuration of FIGS.

また、内箱部Ａの底面部５０において、第２片部７０が側面部２０から連設され、第３片部８０が側面部３０から連設されているとしたが、第２片部７０と第３片部８０の一方が正面部１０から連設され、他方が背面部４０から連設され、第１片部６０と第４片部９０の一方が側面部２０から連設され、他方が側面部３０から連設されるものとしてもよい。 Further, in the bottom surface portion 50 of the inner box portion A, the second piece portion 70 is provided continuously from the side surface portion 20 and the third piece portion 80 is provided continuously from the side surface portion 30. One of the first piece 60 and the third piece 80 is connected from the front face 10, the other is connected from the back face 40, one of the first piece 60 and the fourth piece 90 is connected from the side face 20, and the other May be provided continuously from the side surface portion 30.

また、上記の説明では、内箱部Ａの底面部５０はワンタッチ底であるとしたが、これには限られず、例えば、アメリカンロック（底組み形式）やＡ式（みかん箱の形式）であってもよい。なお、アメリカンロックやＡ式の場合でも、接着板部１２６は、底面部を構成する片部で、正面部１０（つまり、特定内箱部側面部）の下辺から連設された片部に接着されることになる。 In the above description, the bottom surface portion 50 of the inner box portion A is a one-touch bottom. However, the present invention is not limited to this. For example, American lock (bottom frame type) or A type (a mandarin orange box type). May be. Even in the case of the American lock or the A type, the adhesive plate 126 is a piece constituting the bottom portion and is adhered to the piece continuously provided from the lower side of the front portion 10 (that is, the side surface portion of the specific inner box portion). Will be.

なお、アメリカンロックやＡ式の場合には、製造工程において、スリーブ状部５の下辺から連設された各部をスリーブ状部５に対して内側に折り返す工程や、スリーブ状部５の下辺から連設された各部も接着剤を塗布する工程は行われない。 In the case of the American lock or the A type, in the manufacturing process, each of the parts continuously provided from the lower side of the sleeve-like part 5 is folded back inward with respect to the sleeve-like part 5 or connected from the lower side of the sleeve-like part 5. The process of applying the adhesive is not performed on each provided part.

また、外箱部Ａ２においては、スリーブ状部１０５の上辺から連設された上面部１６０、１７０、１８０、１９０は、Ａ式であるとしたが、他の形式、例えば、Ｂ式（一対の内フラップと蓋部とを有し、蓋部が、スリーブ状部１０５から連設された蓋部本体と、蓋部本体の先端から連設され、スリーブ状部１０５の内側に差し込まれる差込み片部とを有するもの）としてもよい。 Further, in the outer box portion A2, the upper surface portions 160, 170, 180, 190 continuously provided from the upper side of the sleeve-like portion 105 are assumed to be A type, but other types, for example, B type (a pair of A lid body having an inner flap and a lid portion, the lid portion being continuous from the sleeve-like portion 105, and an insertion piece portion being continuously provided from the tip of the lid portion main body and inserted into the sleeve-like portion 105 And the like).

また、上記の説明において、内箱部Ａにおいて、分離部２４、３４が設けられるのは、スリーブ状部５において相対する側面部（側面部２０と側面部３０）であるとしたが、これには限られず、スリーブ状部５を構成する４つの部材（正面部１０と側面部２０、３０と背面部４０）（４つの側面部としてもよい）において、互いに隣接する部材に分離部を設けてもよい。例えば、正面部１０の構成を図５における４つの部材のうちの端部に位置する部材（例えば、背面部４０）の位置に配置し、分離部を内側の２つの部材（図５における正面部１０と側面部２０の位置の部材）に配置してもよい。 In the above description, in the inner box part A, the separation parts 24 and 34 are provided on the side parts (side part 20 and side part 30) facing each other in the sleeve-like part 5. The four members constituting the sleeve-like portion 5 (the front portion 10 and the side portions 20, 30 and the back portion 40) (or four side portions) may be provided with separating portions on the members adjacent to each other. Also good. For example, the configuration of the front portion 10 is arranged at the position of a member (for example, the back portion 40) located at the end of the four members in FIG. 5, and the separation portion is arranged on the two inner members (the front portion in FIG. 5). 10 and the member at the position of the side portion 20).

同様に、外箱部Ｂにおいて、片部２２４、２３４が設けられるのは、スリーブ状部２０５において相対する側面部（側面部２２０と側面部２３０）であるとしたが、これには限られず、スリーブ状部２０５を構成する４つの部材（正面部２１０と側面部２２０、２３０と背面部２４０）（４つの側面部としてもよい）において、互いに隣接する部材に分離部と接着する片部を設けてもよい。 Similarly, in the outer box portion B, the pieces 224 and 234 are provided on the side surface portions (side surface portion 220 and side surface portion 230) facing each other in the sleeve-like portion 205, but this is not restrictive. In the four members constituting the sleeve-like portion 205 (the front portion 210, the side portions 220, 230, and the back portion 240) (or may be the four side portions), a piece that adheres to the separation portion is provided on the adjacent members. May be.

Ｐ包装箱
Ａ内箱部
Ｂ外箱部
５、２０５スリーブ状部
１０、２１０正面部
１０ｈ、１０ｈａ、１０ｈｂ開口部
２０、３０、２２０、２３０側面部
２２、３２本体部
２４、３４分離部
２４ａ、３４ａ、１１０Ｋ、１２０Ｋ、１２２Ｋ、１１８Ｋａ、１１８Ｋａ−３、１１８Ｋｂ、１１８Ｋｂ−３、１１８Ｋｃ、１１８Ｋｄ、２２２、２３２切目線
４０、２４０背面部
４９、２４２糊代部
５０底面部
６０第１片部
７０第２片部
７４、８４先端部
８０第３片部
９０第４片部
１１０正面前板部
１１２ポケット前部前板部
１１３ポケット前部後構成部
１１４ポケット前部後板部
１１６連結板部
１１８支持板部
１１８−１、１１８−２突状部
１２０ポケット上部左板部
１２２ポケット上部右板部
１２４正面後板部
１２６接着板部
Ｃ１、Ｃ２、Ｃ３、Ｃ４、Ｃ５、Ｃ１０、Ｃ１１、Ｃ１２、Ｃ１３、Ｃ２１ａ、Ｃ２１ｂ、Ｃ２２ａ、Ｃ２２ｂ、Ｃ２３、Ｃ２４、Ｃ２５折れ線 P Packaging box A Inner box part B Outer box part 5, 205 Sleeve-like part 10, 210 Front part 10h, 10ha, 10hb Open part 20, 30, 220, 230 Side part 22, 32 Main part 24, 34 Separating part 24a, 34a, 110K, 120K, 122K, 118Ka, 118Ka-3, 118Kb, 118Kb-3, 118Kc, 118Kd, 222, 232 Cut line 40, 240 Back surface portion 49, 242 Paste portion 50 Bottom surface portion 60 First piece portion 70 First Two piece parts 74, 84 Tip part 80 Third piece part 90 Fourth piece part 110 Front front plate part 112 Pocket front part front plate part 113 Pocket front part rear component part 114 Pocket front part rear plate part 116 Connection plate part 118 Support Plate portion 118-1, 118-2 Protruding portion 120 Pocket upper left plate portion 122 Pocket upper right plate portion 124 Front rear plate portion 1 6 adhesive plate portion C1, C2, C3, C4, C5, C10, C11, C12, C13, C21a, C21b, C22a, C22b, C23, C24, C25 polyline

Claims

箱体であって、
底面部（５０）と、
底面部の各辺から立設し底面部に対して略直角をなす側面構成部で、第１側面部（１０）と、第１側面部の両側に隣り合う第２側面部（２０）及び第３側面部（３０）を有する側面構成部（５）と、
を有し、
箱体が、シート状のブランクにより形成され、
第１側面部が、
底面部から連設されるとともに、第２側面部及び第３側面部と隣り合う基部前板部（１１０）と、
基部前板部の上側に第１切目線（１１０Ｋ）を介して連設されたポケット前部前板部（１１２）と、
ポケット前部前板部の基部前板部側とは反対側の辺部である上辺から第１折れ線（Ｃ２１ｃ）を介して連設され、ポケット前部前板部と接着されたポケット前部後構成部（１１３）と、
ポケット前部後構成部のポケット前部前板部とは反対側の辺部から第２折れ線（Ｃ２４）を介して連設されるとともに、第２折れ線の一方の端部から形成された第２切目線（１１８ＫＡ）を介してポケット前部後構成部と隣接するとともに、第２折れ線の他方の端部から形成された第３切目線（１１８ＫＢ）を介してポケット前部後構成部と隣接し、第２切目線に沿った辺部を有し、ポケット前部後構成部側に突出した第１突状部（１１６−１）と、第３切目線に沿った辺部を有し、ポケット前部後構成部側に突出した第２突状部（１１６−２）を有する支持板部（１１８）と、
ポケット前部前板部の基部前板部側とは反対側の辺部である上辺で第１折れ線の両側の部分における一方から第３折れ線（Ｃ２１ａ）を介して連設された第１ポケット上部板部（１２０）と、
ポケット前部前板部の基部前板部側とは反対側の辺部である上辺で第１折れ線の両側の部分における他方から第４折れ線（Ｃ２１ｂ）を介して連設された第２ポケット上部板部（１２２）と、
支持板部のポケット前部後構成部側とは反対側の辺部から第５折れ線（Ｃ２５）を介して連設され、第１ポケット上部板部の第３折れ線とは反対側の辺部から第６折れ線（Ｃ２２ａ）を介して連設され、第２ポケット上部板部の第４折れ線とは反対側の辺部から第７折れ線（Ｃ２２ｂ）を介して連設され、第１側面部の外側の面側を正面側とした場合に、ポケット前部前板部の背面側の面に接着して設けられた基部後板部（１２４）と、
を有し、
第１折れ線と第２折れ線と第３折れ線と第４折れ線と第５折れ線と第６折れ線と第７折れ線は平行に形成され、
第１切目線を切断する前の状態では、ポケット前部後構成部（１１３）と支持板部（１１８）と第１ポケット上部板部（１２０）と第２ポケット上部板部（１２２）と基部後板部（１２４）からなる領域は、基部前板部（１１０）とポケット前部前板部（１１２）からなる領域に対して、第１折れ線と第３折れ線と第４折れ線を介して折り返した状態であり、
第１切目線を切断して、ポケット前部前板部とポケット前部後構成部とからなるポケット前部（１１１）を正面側に引き出すことにより、支持板部を基部後板部に対して正面側に回動させるとともに、ポケット前部後構成部を支持板部に対して回動させ、
ポケット前部後構成部が支持板部に対して回動することにより、第１突状部と第２突状部がポケット前部前板部の裏側の面を押した状態で、支持板部の基部後板部に対する回動角度が固定されて、第１側面部により構成され、支持板部を底面とする収納部が形成され、該収納部においては、基部（１０９）とポケット前部とが前後に間隔を介して配置されることを特徴とする箱体。 A box,
A bottom portion (50);
A side surface component that stands from each side of the bottom surface and is substantially perpendicular to the bottom surface. The first side surface (10), the second side surface (20) adjacent to both sides of the first side surface, and the first side surface. A side surface component (5) having three side surfaces (30);
Have
A box is formed by a sheet-like blank,
The first side part is
A base front plate portion (110) adjacent to the second side surface portion and the third side surface portion while being continuously provided from the bottom surface portion,
A pocket front front plate portion (112) connected to the upper side of the base front plate portion via a first cut line (110K);
The back of the front of the pocket that is continuously connected from the upper side, which is the side opposite to the base front plate of the front part of the front part of the pocket, via the first broken line (C21c) and bonded to the front part of the front part of the pocket A component (113);
The second part formed from one end of the second broken line is connected from the side opposite to the front part of the front part of the pocket front part via the second broken line (C24). Adjacent to the pocket front rear component through the cut line (118KA) and adjacent to the pocket front rear component through the third cut line (118KB) formed from the other end of the second broken line A first projecting portion 116-1 having a side portion along the second cut line, projecting toward the pocket front rear portion, and a side portion extending along the third cut line; A support plate part (118) having a second protrusion (116-2) protruding toward the front rear component part,
The upper part of the first pocket connected from the one side on both sides of the first fold line through the third fold line (C21a) on the upper side which is the side opposite to the base front plate part side of the front part of the pocket front part A plate portion (120);
The upper part of the second pocket continuous from the other side of the upper part of the front part of the front part of the pocket on the opposite side of the front part of the front part of the front part of the pocket through the fourth part of the first part of the part A plate portion (122);
From the side of the support plate part opposite to the front side of the rear part of the pocket through the fifth fold line (C25), from the side of the first pocket upper plate part opposite to the third fold line Continuing via the sixth broken line (C22a), continuing from the side opposite to the fourth folding line of the second pocket upper plate part via the seventh broken line (C22b), outside the first side surface part When the surface side is the front side, the base rear plate portion (124) provided by being adhered to the back side surface of the pocket front front plate portion,
Have
The first broken line, the second folded line, the third folded line, the fourth folded line, the fifth folded line, the sixth folded line, and the seventh folded line are formed in parallel,
In the state before cutting the first cut line, the pocket front rear component (113), the support plate (118), the first pocket upper plate (120), the second pocket upper plate (122) and the base The region composed of the rear plate portion (124) is folded back with respect to the region composed of the base front plate portion (110) and the pocket front front plate portion (112) via the first fold line, the third fold line, and the fourth fold line. The state
By cutting the first cut line and pulling out the pocket front part (111) composed of the front part of the front part of the pocket front part and the rear part part of the front part of the pocket to the front side, the support plate part is made to the base rear plate part. While rotating to the front side, the pocket front rear component is rotated relative to the support plate,
The pocket front rear component rotates with respect to the support plate, so that the first protrusion and the second protrusion press the back side surface of the pocket front front plate. The rotation angle with respect to the base rear plate portion is fixed, and a storage portion is formed by the first side surface portion, and the support plate portion is the bottom surface. In the storage portion, the base portion (109) and the pocket front portion are formed. Is arranged with a space in front and back.

基部後板部の支持板部側とは反対側の辺部から折れ線を介して接着板部（１２６）が連設され、接着板部は、基部前板部から連設された底面部に接着されていることを特徴とする請求項１に記載の箱体。 An adhesive plate (126) is continuously provided via a broken line from the side opposite to the support plate on the base rear plate, and the adhesive plate is bonded to a bottom surface provided continuously from the base front plate. The box according to claim 1, wherein the box is formed.

箱体であって、
底面部（５０）と、
底面部の各辺から立設し底面部に対して略直角をなす側面構成部で、第１側面部（１０）と、第１側面部の両側に隣り合う第２側面部（２０）及び第３側面部（３０）を有する側面構成部（５）と、
を有し、
箱体が、シート状のブランクにより形成され、
第１側面部が、
底面部から連設されるとともに、第２側面部及び第３側面部と隣り合う基部前板部（１１０）と、
基部前板部の上側に第１切目線（１１０Ｋ）を介して連設されたポケット前部前板部（１１２）と、
ポケット前部前板部の基部前板部側とは反対側の辺部である上辺から第１折れ線（Ｃ２１ｃ）を介して連設され、ポケット前部前板部と接着されたポケット前部後構成部（１１３）と、
ポケット前部後構成部のポケット前部前板部とは反対側の辺部から第２折れ線（Ｃ２４）を介して連設されるとともに、第２折れ線の一方の端部から形成された第２切目線（１１８ＫＡ）を介してポケット前部後構成部と隣接するとともに、第２折れ線の他方の端部から形成された第３切目線（１１８ＫＢ）を介してポケット前部後構成部と隣接し、第２切目線に沿った辺部を有し、ポケット前部後構成部側に突出した第１突状部（１１６−１）と、第３切目線に沿った辺部を有し、ポケット前部後構成部側に突出した第２突状部（１１６−２）を有する支持板部（１１８）と、
ポケット前部前板部の基部前板部側とは反対側の辺部である上辺で第１折れ線の両側の部分における一方から第３折れ線（Ｃ２１ａ）を介して連設された第１ポケット上部板部（１２０）と、
ポケット前部前板部の基部前板部側とは反対側の辺部である上辺で第１折れ線の両側の部分における他方から第４折れ線（Ｃ２１ｂ）を介して連設された第２ポケット上部板部（１２２）と、
支持板部のポケット前部後構成部側とは反対側の辺部から第５折れ線（Ｃ２５）を介して連設され、第１ポケット上部板部の第３折れ線とは反対側の辺部から第６折れ線（Ｃ２２ａ）を介して連設され、第２ポケット上部板部の第４折れ線とは反対側の辺部から第７折れ線（Ｃ２２ｂ）を介して連設され、第１側面部の外側の面側を正面側とした場合に、ポケット前部前板部の背面側に設けられた基部後板部（１２４）と、
基部後板部の支持板部側とは反対側の辺部から第８折れ線（Ｃ２６）を介して連設された接着板部で、基部前板部から連設された該底面部に接着された接着板部（１２６）と、
を有し、
第１折れ線と第２折れ線と第３折れ線と第４折れ線と第５折れ線と第６折れ線と第７折れ線は平行に形成され、
第１切目線を切断する前の状態では、ポケット前部後構成部（１１３）と支持板部（１１８）と第１ポケット上部板部（１２０）と第２ポケット上部板部（１２２）と基部後板部（１２４）からなる領域は、基部前板部（１１０）とポケット前部前板部（１１２）からなる領域に対して、第１折れ線と第３折れ線と第４折れ線を介して折り返した状態であり、
第１切目線を切断して、ポケット前部前板部とポケット前部後構成部とからなるポケット前部（１１１）を正面側に引き出すことにより、支持板部を基部後板部に対して正面側に回動させるとともに、ポケット前部後構成部を支持板部に対して回動させ、
ポケット前部後構成部が支持板部に対して回動することにより、第１突状部と第２突状部がポケット前部前板部の裏側の面を押した状態で、支持板部の基部後板部に対する回動角度が固定されて、第１側面部により構成され、支持板部を底面とする収納部が形成され、該収納部においては、基部（１０９）とポケット前部とが前後に間隔を介して配置されることを特徴とする箱体。 A box,
A bottom portion (50);
A side surface component that stands from each side of the bottom surface and is substantially perpendicular to the bottom surface. The first side surface (10), the second side surface (20) adjacent to both sides of the first side surface, and the first side surface. A side surface component (5) having three side surfaces (30);
Have
A box is formed by a sheet-like blank,
The first side part is
A base front plate portion (110) adjacent to the second side surface portion and the third side surface portion while being continuously provided from the bottom surface portion,
A pocket front front plate portion (112) connected to the upper side of the base front plate portion via a first cut line (110K);
The back of the front of the pocket that is continuously connected from the upper side, which is the side opposite to the base front plate of the front part of the front part of the pocket, via the first broken line (C21c) and bonded to the front part of the front part of the pocket A component (113);
The second part formed from one end of the second broken line is connected from the side opposite to the front part of the front part of the pocket front part via the second broken line (C24). Adjacent to the pocket front rear component through the cut line (118KA) and adjacent to the pocket front rear component through the third cut line (118KB) formed from the other end of the second broken line A first projecting portion 116-1 having a side portion along the second cut line, projecting toward the pocket front rear portion, and a side portion extending along the third cut line; A support plate part (118) having a second protrusion (116-2) protruding toward the front rear component part,
The upper part of the first pocket connected from the one side on both sides of the first fold line through the third fold line (C21a) on the upper side which is the side opposite to the base front plate part side of the front part of the pocket front part A plate portion (120);
The upper part of the second pocket continuous from the other side of the upper part of the front part of the front part of the pocket on the opposite side of the front part of the front part of the front part of the pocket through the fourth part of the first part of the part A plate portion (122);
From the side of the support plate part opposite to the front side of the rear part of the pocket through the fifth fold line (C25), from the side of the first pocket upper plate part opposite to the third fold line Continuing via the sixth broken line (C22a), continuing from the side opposite to the fourth folding line of the second pocket upper plate part via the seventh broken line (C22b), outside the first side surface part When the surface side is the front side, the base rear plate portion (124) provided on the back side of the pocket front front plate portion,
It is an adhesive plate part that is connected from the side opposite to the support plate part side of the base rear plate part via the eighth broken line (C26), and is bonded to the bottom surface part that is provided continuously from the base front plate part. Adhesive plate part (126),
Have
The first broken line, the second folded line, the third folded line, the fourth folded line, the fifth folded line, the sixth folded line, and the seventh folded line are formed in parallel,
In the state before cutting the first cut line, the pocket front rear component (113), the support plate (118), the first pocket upper plate (120), the second pocket upper plate (122) and the base The region composed of the rear plate portion (124) is folded back with respect to the region composed of the base front plate portion (110) and the pocket front front plate portion (112) via the first fold line, the third fold line, and the fourth fold line. The state
By cutting the first cut line and pulling out the pocket front part (111) composed of the front part of the front part of the pocket front part and the rear part part of the front part of the pocket to the front side, the support plate part is made to the base rear plate part. While rotating to the front side, the pocket front rear component is rotated relative to the support plate,
The pocket front rear component rotates with respect to the support plate, so that the first protrusion and the second protrusion press the back side surface of the pocket front front plate. The rotation angle with respect to the base rear plate portion is fixed, and a storage portion is formed by the first side surface portion, and the support plate portion is the bottom surface. In the storage portion, the base portion (109) and the pocket front portion are formed. Is arranged with a space in front and back.

ポケット前部後構成部が、ポケット前部前板部と接着されたポケット前部後板部（１１４）と、ポケット前部後板部に折れ線（Ｃ２３）を介して連設されるとともに、支持板部に該第２折れ線を介して連設された連結板部で、第１突状部と第２突状部の間の位置に設けられた連結板部（１１６）とを有し、
支持板部の基部後板部に対する回動角度が固定された状態では、支持板部がポケット前部前板部に対して略直角をなし、連結板部は、ポケット前部後板部及び支持板部に対して傾斜した状態となることを特徴とする請求項１又は２又は３に記載の箱体。 The pocket front rear component is connected to the pocket front rear plate (114) bonded to the pocket front front plate and the pocket front rear plate via a broken line (C23) and supported. A connecting plate portion connected to the plate portion via the second broken line, and a connecting plate portion (116) provided at a position between the first protruding portion and the second protruding portion;
In a state in which the rotation angle of the support plate portion with respect to the base rear plate portion is fixed, the support plate portion is substantially perpendicular to the pocket front front plate portion, and the connecting plate portion supports the pocket front rear plate portion and the support plate portion. The box according to claim 1, 2, or 3, wherein the box is inclined with respect to the plate portion.

支持板部は、第２切目線の第２折れ線側とは反対側の端部から連設されるとともに第５折れ線の一方の端部から連設された第４切目線（１１８Ｋｃ）を介して基部後板部と隣接するとともに、第３切目線の第２折れ線側とは反対側の端部から連設されるとともに第５折れ線の他方の端部から連設された第５切目線（１１８Ｋｄ）を介して基部後板部と隣接し、
第１ポケット上部板部は、第３折れ線と直角をなす第６切目線（１２０Ｋ）を介してポケット前部後構成部と隣接し、
第２ポケット上部板部は、第４折れ線と直角をなす第７切目線（１２２Ｋ）を介してポケット前部後構成部と隣接し、
基部後板部は、第６切目線の第６折れ線側の端部から第２切目線と第４切目線の接点まで形成された第８切目線（１２４Ｋａ）と、第７切目線の第７折れ線側の端部から第３切目線と第５切目線の接点まで形成された第９切目線（１２４Ｋｂ）を介してポケット前部後構成部と隣接していることを特徴とする請求項１又は２又は３又は４に記載の箱体。 The support plate portion is provided continuously from the end of the second cut line opposite to the second broken line side and via a fourth cut line (118 Kc) provided continuously from one end of the fifth broken line. A fifth cut line (118 Kd) that is adjacent to the rear plate portion of the base and that is continuous from the end opposite to the second broken line side of the third cut line and that is connected from the other end of the fifth broken line. ) Adjacent to the base rear plate part via
The first pocket upper plate part is adjacent to the pocket front rear part through a sixth cut line (120K) perpendicular to the third folding line,
The second pocket upper plate part is adjacent to the pocket front rear part through a seventh cut line (122K) perpendicular to the fourth folding line,
The base rear plate portion includes an eighth cut line (124Ka) formed from an end of the sixth cut line on the sixth broken line side to a contact point of the second cut line and the fourth cut line, and a seventh cut line of the seventh cut line. 2. The pocket front portion is adjacent to a rear rear portion through a ninth cut line (124 Kb) formed from the end on the broken line side to the contact point of the third cut line and the fifth cut line. Or the box of 2 or 3 or 4.

第２切目線と第３切目線と第８切目線と第９切目線とが切断予定線により形成されていることを特徴とする請求項５に記載の箱体。 The box according to claim 5, wherein the second cut line, the third cut line, the eighth cut line, and the ninth cut line are formed by planned cutting lines.

基部前板部には、ポケット前部前板部と接する切欠部（１０ｈａ）が形成され、さらに、基部後板部における切欠部の背面側の領域には、開口部（１０ｈｂ）が形成され、該切欠部及び該開口部に指を挿入して、ポケット前部前板部の端部をつかんで正面側に引っ張ることにより、第１切目線が切断されることを特徴とする請求項１又は２又は３又は４又は５又は６に記載の箱体。 The base front plate portion is formed with a notch portion (10ha) in contact with the pocket front front plate portion, and further, an opening portion (10hb) is formed in the back side region of the notch portion in the base rear plate portion, The first cut line is cut by inserting a finger into the notch and the opening, grasping an end portion of the front front plate portion of the pocket, and pulling it to the front side. The box according to 2 or 3 or 4 or 5 or 6.

包装箱であって、
内箱部（Ａ）と外箱部（Ｂ）とを有し、
内箱部が、
底面部（５０）と、
底面部の各辺から立設し底面部に対して略直角をなす内側スリーブ状部で、第１内箱部側面部（３０）と、第２内箱部側面部（１０）と、第３内箱部側面部（２０）と、第４内箱部側面部（４０）を有し、内箱部を箱状に組み立てた状態では、互いに隣接する側面部が略直角をなす内側スリーブ状部（５）と、を有し、
第１内箱部側面部と第２内箱部側面部と第３内箱部側面部と第４内箱部側面部とにおける２つの内箱部側面部において、内箱部側面部の一部が分離部（２４、３４）として内箱部側面部における分離部以外の部分である内箱部側面部本体部と切目線を介して分離可能に形成され、
内箱部における分離部が設けられた内箱部側面部以外の内箱部側面部である特定内箱部側面部（１０）が、
底面部から連設されるとともに、特定内箱部側面部が隣接する内箱部側面部と隣り合う基部前板部（１１０）と、
基部前板部の上側に第１切目線（１１０Ｋ）を介して連設されたポケット前部前板部（１１２）と、
ポケット前部前板部の基部前板部側とは反対側の辺部である上辺から第１折れ線（Ｃ２１ｃ）を介して連設され、ポケット前部前板部と接着されたポケット前部後構成部（１１３）と、
ポケット前部後構成部のポケット前部前板部とは反対側の辺部から第２折れ線（Ｃ２４）を介して連設されるとともに、第２折れ線の一方の端部から形成された第２切目線（１１８ＫＡ）を介してポケット前部後構成部と隣接するとともに、第２折れ線の他方の端部から形成された第３切目線（１１８ＫＢ）を介してポケット前部後構成部と隣接し、第２切目線に沿った辺部を有し、ポケット前部後構成部側に突出した第１突状部（１１６−１）と、第３切目線に沿った辺部を有し、ポケット前部後構成部側に突出した第２突状部（１１６−２）を有する支持板部（１１８）と、
ポケット前部前板部の基部前板部側とは反対側の辺部である上辺で第１折れ線の両側の部分における一方から第３折れ線（Ｃ２１ａ）を介して連設された第１ポケット上部板部（１２０）と、
ポケット前部前板部の基部前板部側とは反対側の辺部である上辺で第１折れ線の両側の部分における他方から第４折れ線（Ｃ２１ｂ）を介して連設された第２ポケット上部板部（１２２）と、
支持板部のポケット前部後構成部側とは反対側の辺部から第５折れ線（Ｃ２５）を介して連設され、第１ポケット上部板部の第３折れ線とは反対側の辺部から第６折れ線（Ｃ２２ａ）を介して連設され、第２ポケット上部板部の第４折れ線とは反対側の辺部から第７折れ線（Ｃ２２ｂ）を介して連設され、第１側面部の外側の面側を正面側とした場合に、ポケット前部前板部の背面側の面に接着して設けられた基部後板部（１２４）と、
を有し、
第１折れ線と第２折れ線と第３折れ線と第４折れ線と第５折れ線と第６折れ線と第７折れ線は平行に形成され、
第１切目線を切断する前の状態では、ポケット前部後構成部（１１３）と支持板部（１１８）と第１ポケット上部板部（１２０）と第２ポケット上部板部（１２２）と基部後板部（１２４）からなる領域は、基部前板部（１１０）とポケット前部前板部（１１２）からなる領域に対して、第１折れ線と第３折れ線と第４折れ線を介して折り返した状態であり、
内側右側面部において、内側右側面部の一部が第１分離部（２４）として第１分離部以外の部分である内側右側面部本体部（２２）と切目線（２４ａ）を介して分離可能に形成され、
内側左側面部において、内側左側面部の一部が第２分離部（３４）として第２分離部以外の部分である内側左側面部本体部（３２）と切目線（３４ａ）を介して分離可能に形成され、
外箱部が、
内箱部の外側の面に沿って設けられた外側スリーブ状部で、第１内箱部側面部の外側の面に沿って形成された第１外箱部側面部（２３０）と、第２内箱部側面部の外側の面に沿って形成された第２外箱部側面部（２１０）と、第３内箱部側面部の外側の面に沿って形成された第３外箱部側面部（２２０）と、第４内箱部側面部の外側の面に沿って形成された第４外箱部側面部（２４０）とを有士、外箱部を箱状に組み立てた状態では、互いに隣接する側面部が略直角をなす外側スリーブ状部（２０５）と、
外側スリーブ状部の上端から折れ線を介して連設された蓋部と、を有し、
内箱部における分離部が設けられた内箱部側面部である分離部形成内箱部側面部に対応した外箱部側面部に分離部が接着され、外箱部側面部における分離部が接着された領域を含む片部である回動片部（２２４、２３４）が分離部が接着された外箱部側面部の他の部分に対して回動可能に形成され、回動片部を外側に回動させることにより分離部と内箱部側面部本体部間の切目線が切断されて分離部が回動片部に接着した状態で内箱部から分離し、
第１切目線を切断して、ポケット前部前板部とポケット前部後構成部とからなるポケット前部（１１１）を正面側に引き出すことにより、支持板部を基部後板部に対して正面側に回動させるとともに、ポケット前部後構成部を支持板部に対して回動させ、
ポケット前部後構成部が支持板部に対して回動することにより、第１突状部と第２突状部がポケット前部前板部の裏側の面を押した状態で、支持板部の基部後板部に対する回動角度が固定されて、第１側面部により構成され、支持板部を底面とする収納部が形成され、該収納部においては、基部（１０９）とポケット前部とが前後に間隔を介して配置されることを特徴とする包装箱。 A packaging box,
It has an inner box part (A) and an outer box part (B),
The inner box is
A bottom portion (50);
An inner sleeve-like portion that is erected from each side of the bottom portion and is substantially perpendicular to the bottom portion. The first inner box side surface (30), the second inner box side surface (10), and the third An inner sleeve-shaped portion having an inner box side surface portion (20) and a fourth inner box portion side surface portion (40), and in a state where the inner box portion is assembled in a box shape, the adjacent side surface portions form a substantially right angle. (5)
Part of the inner box side surface part in the two inner box side surfaces in the first inner box side surface, the second inner box side surface, the third inner box side surface and the fourth inner box side surface Is formed as a separation part (24, 34) so as to be separable through the inner box part side part main body part which is a part other than the separation part in the inner box part side part, through a score line,
The specific inner box side surface part (10) which is the inner box side surface part other than the inner box part side surface part provided with the separation part in the inner box part,
A base front plate portion (110) adjacent to the side surface portion of the inner box portion adjacent to the side surface portion of the specific inner box portion while being continuously provided from the bottom surface portion,
A pocket front front plate portion (112) connected to the upper side of the base front plate portion via a first cut line (110K);
The back of the front of the pocket that is continuously connected from the upper side, which is the side opposite to the base front plate of the front part of the front part of the pocket, via the first broken line (C21c) and bonded to the front part of the front part of the pocket A component (113);
The second part formed from one end of the second broken line is connected from the side opposite to the front part of the front part of the pocket front part via the second broken line (C24). Adjacent to the pocket front rear component through the cut line (118KA) and adjacent to the pocket front rear component through the third cut line (118KB) formed from the other end of the second broken line A first projecting portion 116-1 having a side portion along the second cut line, projecting toward the pocket front rear portion, and a side portion extending along the third cut line; A support plate part (118) having a second protrusion (116-2) protruding toward the front rear component part,
The upper part of the first pocket connected from the one side on both sides of the first fold line through the third fold line (C21a) on the upper side which is the side opposite to the base front plate part side of the front part of the pocket front part A plate portion (120);
The upper part of the second pocket continuous from the other side of the upper part of the front part of the front part of the pocket on the opposite side of the front part of the front part of the front part of the pocket through the fourth part of the first part of the part A plate portion (122);
From the side of the support plate part opposite to the front side of the rear part of the pocket through the fifth fold line (C25), from the side of the first pocket upper plate part opposite to the third fold line Continuing via the sixth broken line (C22a), continuing from the side opposite to the fourth folding line of the second pocket upper plate part via the seventh broken line (C22b), outside the first side surface part When the surface side is the front side, the base rear plate portion (124) provided by being adhered to the back side surface of the pocket front front plate portion,
Have
The first broken line, the second folded line, the third folded line, the fourth folded line, the fifth folded line, the sixth folded line, and the seventh folded line are formed in parallel,
In the state before cutting the first cut line, the pocket front rear component (113), the support plate (118), the first pocket upper plate (120), the second pocket upper plate (122) and the base The region composed of the rear plate portion (124) is folded back with respect to the region composed of the base front plate portion (110) and the pocket front front plate portion (112) via the first fold line, the third fold line, and the fourth fold line. The state
In the inner right side surface portion, a part of the inner right side surface portion is formed as a first separating portion (24) so as to be separable through a cut line (24a) from the inner right side surface main body portion (22) which is a portion other than the first separating portion. And
In the inner left side surface part, a part of the inner left side surface part is formed as a second separation part (34) so as to be separable through a cut line (34a) from the inner left side surface body part (32) which is a part other than the second separation part. And
The outer box is
A first outer box side surface portion (230) formed along an outer surface of the first inner box side surface portion, an outer sleeve-like portion provided along the outer surface of the inner box portion; A second outer box side surface (210) formed along the outer surface of the inner box side surface, and a third outer box side surface formed along the outer surface of the third inner box side surface. In a state in which the outer box part is assembled in a box shape, the part (220) and the fourth outer box side surface part (240) formed along the outer surface of the fourth inner box side surface part, An outer sleeve-like portion (205) in which side portions adjacent to each other form a substantially right angle;
A lid portion provided continuously from the upper end of the outer sleeve-like portion via a broken line,
The separation part is bonded to the side part of the outer box corresponding to the side part of the inner box part, which is the side part of the inner box part provided with the separation part in the inner box part, and the separation part is bonded to the side part of the outer box part. Rotating piece portions (224, 234), which are one portion including the formed region, are formed to be rotatable with respect to other portions of the side portion of the outer box portion to which the separating portion is bonded. The cut line between the separating portion and the inner box side surface portion main body portion is cut by rotating the inner portion, and the separating portion is separated from the inner box portion in a state of being bonded to the rotating piece portion,
By cutting the first cut line and pulling out the pocket front part (111) composed of the front part of the front part of the pocket front part and the rear part part of the front part of the pocket to the front side, the support plate part is made to the base rear plate part. While rotating to the front side, the pocket front rear component is rotated relative to the support plate,
The pocket front rear component rotates with respect to the support plate, so that the first protrusion and the second protrusion press the back side surface of the pocket front front plate. The rotation angle with respect to the base rear plate portion is fixed, and a storage portion is formed by the first side surface portion, and the support plate portion is the bottom surface. In the storage portion, the base portion (109) and the pocket front portion are formed. Is a packaging box characterized by being arranged at intervals in the front and rear direction.

基部後板部の支持板部側とは反対側の辺部から折れ線を介して接着板部（１２０）が連設され、接着板部は、基部前板部から連設された底面部に接着されていることを特徴とする請求項８に記載の包装箱。 The adhesive plate part (120) is continuously provided from the side opposite to the support plate part side of the base rear plate part via a broken line, and the adhesive plate part is bonded to the bottom surface part provided continuously from the base front plate part. The packaging box according to claim 8, wherein the packaging box is formed.

ポケット前部後構成部が、ポケット前部前板部と接着されたポケット前部後板部（１１４）と、ポケット前部後板部に折れ線（Ｃ２３）を介して連設されるとともに、支持板部に該第２折れ線を介して連設された連結板部で、第１突状部と第２突状部の間の位置に設けられた連結板部（１１６）とを有し、
支持板部の基部後板部に対する回動角度が固定された状態では、支持板部がポケット前部前板部に対して略直角をなし、連結板部は、ポケット前部後板部及び支持板部に対して傾斜した状態となることを特徴とする請求項８又は９に記載の包装箱。 The pocket front rear component is connected to the pocket front rear plate (114) bonded to the pocket front front plate and the pocket front rear plate via a broken line (C23) and supported. A connecting plate portion connected to the plate portion via the second broken line, and a connecting plate portion (116) provided at a position between the first protruding portion and the second protruding portion;
In a state in which the rotation angle of the support plate portion with respect to the base rear plate portion is fixed, the support plate portion is substantially perpendicular to the pocket front front plate portion, and the connecting plate portion supports the pocket front rear plate portion and the support plate portion. The packaging box according to claim 8 or 9, wherein the packaging box is inclined with respect to the plate portion.

支持板部は、第２切目線の第２折れ線側とは反対側の端部から連設されるとともに第５折れ線の一方の端部から連設された第４切目線（１１８Ｋｃ）を介して基部後板部と隣接するとともに、第３切目線の第２折れ線側とは反対側の端部から連設されるとともに第５折れ線の他方の端部から連設された第５切目線（１１８Ｋｄ）を介して基部後板部と隣接し、
第１ポケット上部板部は、第３折れ線と直角をなす第６切目線（１２０Ｋ）を介してポケット前部後構成部と隣接し、
第２ポケット上部板部は、第４折れ線と直角をなす第７切目線（１２２Ｋ）を介してポケット前部後構成部と隣接し、
基部後板部は、第６切目線の第６折れ線側の端部から第２切目線と第４切目線の接点まで形成された第８切目線（１２４Ｋａ）と、第７切目線の第７折れ線側の端部から第３切目線と第５切目線の接点まで形成された第９切目線（１２４Ｋｂ）を介してポケット前部後構成部と隣接していることを特徴とする請求項８又は９又は１０に記載の包装箱。 The support plate portion is provided continuously from the end of the second cut line opposite to the second broken line side and via a fourth cut line (118 Kc) provided continuously from one end of the fifth broken line. A fifth cut line (118 Kd) that is adjacent to the rear plate portion of the base and that is continuous from the end opposite to the second broken line side of the third cut line and that is connected from the other end of the fifth broken line. ) Adjacent to the base rear plate part via
The first pocket upper plate part is adjacent to the pocket front rear part through a sixth cut line (120K) perpendicular to the third folding line,
The second pocket upper plate part is adjacent to the pocket front rear part through a seventh cut line (122K) perpendicular to the fourth folding line,
The base rear plate portion includes an eighth cut line (124Ka) formed from an end of the sixth cut line on the sixth broken line side to a contact point of the second cut line and the fourth cut line, and a seventh cut line of the seventh cut line. 9. The pocket front rear portion is adjacent to a ninth cut line (124 Kb) formed from the end on the broken line side to the contact point of the third cut line and the fifth cut line. Or the packaging box of 9 or 10.

第２切目線と第３切目線と第８切目線と第９切目線とが切断予定線により形成されていることを特徴とする請求項１１に記載の包装箱。 The packaging box according to claim 11, wherein the second cut line, the third cut line, the eighth cut line, and the ninth cut line are formed by a planned cutting line.

包装箱であって、内箱部（Ａ）と、外箱部（Ｂ）とを有し、内箱部が、第１内箱部側面部（３０）と第２内箱部側面部（１０）と第３内箱部側面部（２０）と第４内箱部側面部（４０）と第４内箱部側面部から連設された内箱部糊代部とを有し、第１内箱部側面部、第２内箱部側面部、第３内箱部側面部、第４内箱部側面部、内箱部糊代部の順に連設され、内箱部を箱状に組み立てた状態では、互いに隣接する側面部が略直角をなす内側スリーブ状部で、第１内箱部側面部と第２内箱部側面部と第３内箱部側面部と第４内箱部側面部とにおける２つの内箱部側面部において、内箱部側面部の一部が分離部（２４、３４）として内箱部側面部における分離部以外の部分である内箱部側面部本体部と切目線を介して分離可能に形成された内側スリーブ状部（５）と、内側スリーブ状部の下端から連設された底面部で、第１内箱部側面部の下辺から連設された底面部第１片部（８０）と、第２内箱部側面部の下辺から連設された底面部第２片部（１０）と、第３内箱部側面部の下辺から連設された底面部第３片部（７０）と、第４内箱部側面部の下辺から連設された底面部第４片部（９０）とを有する底面部（５０）と、を有し、
外箱部が、第１内箱部側面部の外側の面に沿って形成された第１外箱部側面部（２３０）と、第２内箱部側面部の外側の面に沿って形成された第２外箱部側面部（２１０）と、第３内箱部側面部の外側の面に沿って形成された第３外箱部側面部（２２０）と、第４内箱部側面部の外側の面に沿って形成された第４外箱部側面部（２４０）と、第１外箱部側面部から連設された外箱部糊代部（２４２）とを有し、外箱部糊代部、第１外箱部側面部、第２外箱部側面部、第３外箱部側面部、第４外箱部側面部の順に連設され、外箱部を箱状に組み立てた状態では、互いに隣接する側面部が略直角をなす外側スリーブ状部と、外側スリーブ状部の上端から折れ線を介して連設された蓋部とを有し、内箱部における分離部が設けられた内箱部側面部である分離部形成内箱部側面部に対応した外箱部側面部に分離部が接着され、外箱部側面部における分離部が接着された領域を含む片部である回動片部（２２４、２３４）が分離部が接着された外箱部側面部の他の部分に対して回動可能に形成され、回動片部を外側に回動させることにより分離部と内箱部側面部本体部間の切目線が切断されて分離部が回動片部に接着した状態で内箱部から分離する包装箱で、
内箱部における分離部が設けられた内箱部側面部以外の内箱部側面部である特定内箱部側面部（１０）が、
底面部から連設されるとともに、第２側面部及び第３側面部と隣り合う基部前板部（１１０）と、
基部前板部の上側に第１切目線（１１０Ｋ）を介して連設されたポケット前部前板部（１１２）と、
ポケット前部前板部の基部前板部側とは反対側の辺部である上辺から第１折れ線（Ｃ２１ｃ）を介して連設され、ポケット前部前板部と接着されたポケット前部後構成部（１１３）と、
ポケット前部後構成部のポケット前部前板部とは反対側の辺部から第２折れ線（Ｃ２４）を介して連設されるとともに、第２折れ線の一方の端部から形成された第２切目線（１１８ＫＡ）を介してポケット前部後構成部と隣接するとともに、第２折れ線の他方の端部から形成された第３切目線（１１８ＫＢ）を介してポケット前部後構成部と隣接し、第２切目線に沿った辺部を有し、ポケット前部後構成部側に突出した第１突状部（１１６−１）と、第３切目線に沿った辺部を有し、ポケット前部後構成部側に突出した第２突状部（１１６−２）を有する支持板部（１１８）と、
ポケット前部前板部の基部前板部側とは反対側の辺部である上辺で第１折れ線の両側の部分における一方から第３折れ線（Ｃ２１ａ）を介して連設された第１ポケット上部板部（１２０）と、
ポケット前部前板部の基部前板部側とは反対側の辺部である上辺で第１折れ線の両側の部分における他方から第４折れ線（Ｃ２１ｂ）を介して連設された第２ポケット上部板部（１２２）と、
支持板部のポケット前部後構成部側とは反対側の辺部から第５折れ線（Ｃ２５）を介して連設され、第１ポケット上部板部の第３折れ線とは反対側の辺部から第６折れ線（Ｃ２２ａ）を介して連設され、第２ポケット上部板部の第４折れ線とは反対側の辺部から第７折れ線（Ｃ２２ｂ）を介して連設され、第１側面部の外側を正面側とした場合に、ポケット前部前板部の背面側に設けられた基部後板部（１２４）と、
基部後板部の支持板部側とは反対側の辺部から第８折れ線（Ｃ２６）を介して連設された接着板部で、基部前板部から連設された該底面部に接着された接着板部（１２６）と、
を有し、
第１折れ線と第２折れ線と第３折れ線と第４折れ線と第５折れ線と第６折れ線と第７折れ線は平行に形成され、
第１切目線を切断する前の状態では、ポケット前部後構成部（１１３）と支持板部（１１８）と第１ポケット上部板部（１２０）と第２ポケット上部板部（１２２）と基部後板部（１２４）からなる領域は、基部前板部（１１０）とポケット前部前板部（１１２）からなる領域に対して、第１折れ線と第３折れ線と第４折れ線を介して折り返した状態であり、
基部前板部と底面部間の折れ線と第１折れ線間の長さ（Ｌ１１）が、第８折れ線と第１折れ線間の長さ（Ｌ１２）と略同一に形成され、
第１切目線を切断して、ポケット前部前板部とポケット前部後構成部とからなるポケット前部（１１１）を正面側に引き出すことにより、支持板部を基部後板部に対して正面側に回動させるとともに、ポケット前部後構成部を支持板部に対して回動させ、
ポケット前部後構成部が支持板部に対して回動することにより、第１突状部と第２突状部がポケット前部前板部の裏側の面を押した状態で、支持板部の基部後板部に対する回動角度が固定されて、第１側面部により構成され、支持板部を底面とする収納部が形成され、該収納部においては、基部（１０９）とポケット前部とが前後に間隔を介して配置され、
内箱部と外箱部とがそれぞれ１枚のブランクにより形成された包装箱の製造方法であって、
展開状態の外箱部に展開状態の内箱部を接着する第１接着工程であって、第１外箱部側面部に第１内箱部側面部を重ね、第２外箱部側面部に第２内箱部側面部を重ね、第３外箱部側面部に第３内箱部側面部を重ね、第４外箱部側面部に第４内箱部側面部を重ねた状態で、外箱部の回動片部と内箱部の分離部とを接着させ、外箱部に内箱部を接着した状態では、接着板部の少なくとも一部が外箱部に重ならない非重なり領域となる第１接着工程と、
底面部第１片部と底面部第２片部と底面部第３片部と底面部第４片部の４つの片部において特定内箱部側面部の下辺から連設された片部と接着板部のいずれかと、ポケット前部前板部とポケット前部後構成部のいずれかに接着剤を塗布した状態で、特定内箱部側面部において、接着板部の非重なり領域に係止用部材（３００）を係止することにより、第１折れ線よりも接着板部側である先端側の領域を第１折れ線を介して折り返して、特定内箱部側面部の下辺から連設された片部と接着板部とを接着し、ポケット前部前板部とポケット前部後構成部を接着する第２接着工程と、
外箱部の第１外箱部側面部を第２外箱部側面部に対して折り返す折り返し工程と、
外箱部糊代部と第１外箱部側面部における外箱部糊代部が接着する領域のいずれかと、内箱部糊代部と第４内箱部側面部における内箱部糊代部が接着する領域のいずれかとに接着剤を塗布した状態で、外箱部の第４外箱部側面部を第３外箱部側面部に対して折り返すことにより、外箱部糊代部と第１外箱部側面部とを接着し、内箱部糊代部と第４内箱部側面部とを接着する第３接着工程と、を有することを特徴とする包装箱の製造方法。 It is a packaging box, and has an inner box part (A) and an outer box part (B), and the inner box part comprises a first inner box part side part (30) and a second inner box part side part (10 ), A third inner box part side face part (20), a fourth inner box part side face part (40), and an inner box part paste margin part continuously provided from the fourth inner box part side face part, The box part side face part, the second inner box part side face part, the third inner box part side face part, the fourth inner box part side face part, and the inner box part glue margin part are connected in this order, and the inner box part is assembled into a box shape. In the state, the side portions adjacent to each other are inner sleeve-shaped portions that are substantially perpendicular, and the first inner box side surface portion, the second inner box portion side surface portion, the third inner box portion side surface portion, and the fourth inner box portion side surface portion. In the two inner box side surfaces, the inner box side surface portion is partly separated from the inner box side surface main body portion as a separation portion (24, 34) other than the separation portion in the inner box side surface portion. Inner sleeve formed to be separable through line of sight A first bottom part (80) provided continuously from the lower side of the side part of the first inner box part, and a second part provided at the bottom part provided continuously from the lower end of the inner sleeve part; A bottom face second piece (10) continuously provided from the lower side of the inner box side face, a bottom face third piece (70) provided continuously from the bottom of the third inner box side face, and a fourth A bottom surface portion (50) having a bottom surface portion fourth piece portion (90) continuously provided from the lower side of the inner box portion side surface portion,
The outer box part is formed along the outer surface of the first outer box part side surface part (230) formed along the outer surface of the first inner box part side surface part and the second inner box part side surface part. The second outer box side surface (210), the third outer box side surface (220) formed along the outer surface of the third inner box side surface, and the fourth inner box side surface A fourth outer box side surface (240) formed along the outer surface, and an outer box glue margin (242) provided continuously from the first outer box side surface; The glue margin, the first outer box side surface, the second outer box side surface, the third outer box side surface, and the fourth outer box side surface are connected in this order to assemble the outer box into a box shape. In the state, it has an outer sleeve-shaped portion in which side surfaces adjacent to each other form a substantially right angle, and a lid portion that is continuous from the upper end of the outer sleeve-shaped portion via a broken line, and a separating portion in the inner box portion is provided. On the side of the inner box Rotating piece part (224, which is a piece part including a region where the separation part is bonded to the side part of the outer box part corresponding to the side part of the inner box part and the separation part in the side part of the outer box part is bonded) 234) is formed to be rotatable with respect to the other part of the side part of the outer box part to which the separation part is bonded, and the main part of the side part of the side part of the separation part and the inner box part by rotating the rotating piece part outward. In a packaging box that is separated from the inner box part in a state where the score line between them is cut and the separating part is adhered to the rotating piece part,
The specific inner box side surface part (10) which is the inner box side surface part other than the inner box part side surface part provided with the separation part in the inner box part,
A base front plate portion (110) adjacent to the second side surface portion and the third side surface portion while being continuously provided from the bottom surface portion,
A pocket front front plate portion (112) connected to the upper side of the base front plate portion via a first cut line (110K);
The back of the front of the pocket that is continuously connected from the upper side, which is the side opposite to the base front plate of the front part of the front part of the pocket, via the first broken line (C21c) and bonded to the front part of the front part of the pocket A component (113);
The second part formed from one end of the second broken line is connected from the side opposite to the front part of the front part of the pocket front part via the second broken line (C24). Adjacent to the pocket front rear component through the cut line (118KA) and adjacent to the pocket front rear component through the third cut line (118KB) formed from the other end of the second broken line A first projecting portion 116-1 having a side portion along the second cut line, projecting toward the pocket front rear portion, and a side portion extending along the third cut line; A support plate part (118) having a second protrusion (116-2) protruding toward the front rear component part,
The upper part of the first pocket connected from the one side on both sides of the first fold line through the third fold line (C21a) on the upper side which is the side opposite to the base front plate part side of the front part of the pocket front part A plate portion (120);
The upper part of the second pocket continuous from the other side of the upper part of the front part of the front part of the pocket on the opposite side of the front part of the front part of the front part of the pocket through the fourth part of the first part of the part A plate portion (122);
From the side of the support plate part opposite to the front side of the rear part of the pocket through the fifth fold line (C25), from the side of the first pocket upper plate part opposite to the third fold line Continuing via the sixth broken line (C22a), continuing from the side opposite to the fourth folding line of the second pocket upper plate part via the seventh broken line (C22b), outside the first side surface part When the front side is, the base rear plate portion (124) provided on the back side of the pocket front front plate portion,
It is an adhesive plate part that is connected from the side opposite to the support plate part side of the base rear plate part via the eighth broken line (C26), and is bonded to the bottom surface part that is provided continuously from the base front plate part. Adhesive plate part (126),
Have
The first broken line, the second folded line, the third folded line, the fourth folded line, the fifth folded line, the sixth folded line, and the seventh folded line are formed in parallel,
In the state before cutting the first cut line, the pocket front rear component (113), the support plate (118), the first pocket upper plate (120), the second pocket upper plate (122) and the base The region composed of the rear plate portion (124) is folded back with respect to the region composed of the base front plate portion (110) and the pocket front front plate portion (112) via the first fold line, the third fold line, and the fourth fold line. The state
The length (L11) between the fold line between the base front plate portion and the bottom surface portion and the first fold line (L11) is formed substantially the same as the length (L12) between the eighth fold line and the first fold line,
By cutting the first cut line and pulling out the pocket front part (111) composed of the front part of the front part of the pocket front part and the rear part part of the front part of the pocket to the front side, the support plate part is made to the base rear plate part. While rotating to the front side, the pocket front rear component is rotated relative to the support plate,
The pocket front rear component rotates with respect to the support plate, so that the first protrusion and the second protrusion press the back side surface of the pocket front front plate. The rotation angle with respect to the base rear plate portion is fixed, and a storage portion is formed by the first side surface portion, and the support plate portion is the bottom surface. In the storage portion, the base portion (109) and the pocket front portion are formed. Are placed across the front and back,
An inner box part and an outer box part are each a manufacturing method of a packaging box formed by one blank,
A first bonding step of bonding the unfolded inner box portion to the unfolded outer box portion, wherein the first inner box side surface portion is overlapped with the first outer box portion side surface portion, and the second outer box portion side surface portion is The second inner box side surface is overlapped, the third inner box side surface is overlapped with the third outer box side surface, and the fourth inner box side surface is overlapped with the fourth outer box side surface. In a state where the rotating piece part of the box part and the separation part of the inner box part are bonded and the inner box part is bonded to the outer box part, at least a part of the adhesive plate part does not overlap the outer box part and A first bonding step comprising:
Adhering to a piece continuously provided from the lower side of the specific inner box portion side surface portion in the four pieces of the bottom face first piece, the bottom face second piece, the bottom face third piece, and the bottom face fourth piece. For locking to the non-overlapping area of the adhesive plate part on the side surface of the specific inner box part with adhesive applied to any of the plate part and either the front part of the front part of the pocket or the rear part of the front part of the pocket By locking the member (300), the region on the front end side, which is closer to the adhesive plate part than the first broken line, is folded back via the first broken line, and the piece is continuously provided from the lower side of the side part of the specific inner box part A second bonding step of bonding the front plate part and the front pocket rear component part,
A folding step of folding back the first outer box side surface part of the outer box part with respect to the second outer box side surface part;
One of the areas where the outer box part paste margin part and the outer box part paste part of the first outer box part side part adhere, and the inner box part margin part and the inner box part margin part of the fourth inner box part side part In the state where the adhesive is applied to any of the areas to which the outer casing portion is bonded, the fourth outer box side surface portion of the outer box portion is folded back with respect to the third outer box side surface portion, thereby A method for manufacturing a packaging box, comprising: a third bonding step of bonding one outer box side surface part and bonding an inner box glue margin part and a fourth inner box side surface part.

第２接着工程において、基部前板部と基部後板部のいずれかに接着剤を塗布した状態で、特定内箱部側面部において、第１折れ線よりも接着板部側である先端側の領域を第１折れ線を介して折り返して、基部前板部と基部後板部を接着することを特徴とする請求項１３に記載の包装箱の製造方法。 In the second bonding step, in the state where the adhesive is applied to either the base front plate portion or the base rear plate portion, the region on the distal end side that is closer to the bonding plate portion than the first broken line in the specific inner box side surface portion 14. The method for manufacturing a packaging box according to claim 13, wherein the base front plate portion and the base rear plate portion are bonded together through a first broken line.

製造される包装箱において、底面部が、ワンタッチ底により形成されていて、底面部第１片部と底面部第２片部のいずれか一方における他方の側の部分である第１端部領域（６４）が折れ線を介して折曲げ可能であり、該第１端部領域が底面部第１片部と底面部第２片部の他方に接着され、底面部第３片部と底面部第４片部のいずれか一方における他方の側の部分である第２端部領域（８４）が折れ線を介して折曲げ可能であり、該第２端部領域が底面部第３片部と底面部第４片部の他方に接着され、
折り返し工程において、内箱部の底面部を構成する底面部第１片部と底面部第２片部を内側スリーブ状部に対して折り返し第１端部領域を外側に折り返すとともに、第１端部領域と、底面部第１片部と底面部第２片部の他方における該第１端部領域が接着する領域とのいずれかに接着剤を塗布した状態で、外箱部の第１外箱部側面部を第２外箱部側面部に対して折り返すことにより、第１端部領域と、底面部第１片部と底面部第２片部の他方とを接着し、
第２接着工程において、内箱部の底面部を構成する底面部第３片部と底面部第４片部を内側スリーブ状部に対して折り返し第２端部領域を外側に折り返すとともに、第２端部領域と、底面部第３片部と底面部第４片部の他方における該第２端部領域が接着する領域とのいずれかとに接着剤を塗布した状態で、外箱部の第４外箱部側面部を第３外箱部側面部に対して折り返すことにより、第２端部領域と、底面部第３片部と底面部第４片部の他方とを接着することを特徴とする請求項１３又は１４に記載の包装箱の製造方法。 In the manufactured packaging box, the bottom surface portion is formed by a one-touch bottom, and the first end region (the other side portion of the bottom surface portion first piece portion and the bottom surface portion second piece portion) 64) is foldable via a broken line, and the first end region is bonded to the other of the bottom surface portion first piece and the bottom surface portion second piece, and the bottom surface portion third piece and the bottom surface portion fourth. The second end region (84), which is the other side portion of either one of the pieces, can be bent via a fold line, and the second end region is formed of the bottom surface third piece and the bottom surface portion. Glued to the other of the four pieces,
In the folding step, the bottom end portion first piece and bottom portion second piece constituting the bottom portion of the inner box portion are folded back with respect to the inner sleeve-like portion, and the first end region is folded outward and the first end portion The first outer box of the outer box portion in a state where an adhesive is applied to any of the region and the region where the first end region on the other of the bottom surface portion first piece and the bottom surface portion second piece portion is bonded The first side region and the other of the bottom surface portion first piece and the bottom surface portion second piece portion are bonded by folding the side surface portion with respect to the second outer box portion side surface portion,
In the second bonding step, the bottom portion third piece and the bottom portion fourth piece constituting the bottom portion of the inner box portion are folded back with respect to the inner sleeve-like portion, the second end region is folded outward, and the second In the state where the adhesive is applied to any one of the end region and the region where the second end region is bonded to the other of the bottom surface third piece and the bottom surface fourth piece, The second end region is bonded to the other of the bottom surface portion third piece and the bottom surface portion fourth piece by folding the outer case portion side surface portion with respect to the third outer case portion side surface portion. The manufacturing method of the packaging box of Claim 13 or 14.

第２接着工程と折り返し工程の間に、内箱部の底面部を構成する底面部第１片部と底面部第２片部と底面部第３片部と底面部第４片部を内側スリーブ状部に対して折り返すとともに、第１端部領域と第２端部領域を外側に折り返す第２折り返し工程と、第２端部領域と、底面部第３片部と底面部第４片部の他方における該第２端部領域が接着する領域とのいずれかに接着剤を塗布する第１接着剤塗布工程を有し、また、折り返し工程と第３接着工程の間に、外箱部糊代部と第４外箱部側面部における外箱部糊代部が接着する領域のいずれかと、内箱部糊代部と第１内箱部側面部における内箱部糊代部が接着する領域のいずれかと、第１端部領域と、底面部第１片部と底面部第２片部の他方における該第１端部領域が接着する領域とのいずれかとに接着剤を塗布する第２接着剤塗布工程とを有することを特徴とする請求項１５に記載の包装箱の製造方法。 Between the second bonding step and the folding back step, the bottom portion first piece, the bottom portion second piece, the bottom portion third piece, and the bottom portion fourth piece constituting the bottom portion of the inner box portion are connected to the inner sleeve. A second folding step of folding the first end region and the second end region outward, a second end region, a bottom surface portion third piece, and a bottom surface portion fourth piece. A first adhesive application step of applying an adhesive to any one of the regions to which the second end region is bonded, and the outer box portion paste margin between the folding step and the third adhesion step. Of the area where the outer box part glue margin part adheres to the inner part and the fourth outer box part side face part, and the area where the inner box part glue margin part adheres to the inner box part glue margin part of the first inner box part side face part Any one of the first end region and the region where the first end region adheres to the other of the bottom surface first piece and the bottom surface second piece. Method for producing a packaging box according to claim 15, characterized in that a second adhesive applying step of applying adhesive to.

第２接着工程と折り返し工程の間に、内箱部の底面部を構成する底面部第３片部と底面部第４片部を内側スリーブ状部に対して折り返すとともに第２端部領域を外側に折り返し、その後、第２端部領域と、底面部第３片部と底面部第４片部の他方における該第２端部領域が接着する領域とのいずれかに接着剤を塗布する第１折り返し・接着剤塗布工程を有することを特徴とする請求項１５に記載の包装箱の製造方法。 Between the second bonding step and the folding step, the bottom portion third piece and the bottom portion fourth piece constituting the bottom portion of the inner box portion are folded back with respect to the inner sleeve-shaped portion and the second end region is outside. After that, an adhesive is applied to any one of the second end region and the region where the second end region adheres to the other of the bottom surface third piece and the bottom surface fourth piece. The method for manufacturing a packaging box according to claim 15, further comprising a folding / adhesive application step.

折り返し工程と第３接着工程と第４接着工程の間に、内箱部の底面部を構成する底面部第１片部と底面部第２片部を内側スリーブ状部に対して折り返すとともに第１端部領域を外側に折り返し、その後、外箱部糊代部と第４外箱部側面部における外箱部糊代部が接着する領域のいずれかと、内箱部糊代部と第１内箱部側面部における内箱部糊代部が接着する領域のいずれかと、第１端部領域と、底面部第１片部と底面部第２片部の他方における該第１端部領域が接着する領域とのいずれかとに接着剤を塗布する第２折り返し・接着剤塗布工程を有することを特徴とする請求項１５又は１７に記載の包装箱の製造方法。 During the folding process, the third bonding process, and the fourth bonding process, the first bottom surface portion and the second bottom surface portion constituting the bottom surface portion of the inner box portion are folded back with respect to the inner sleeve-shaped portion and the first Fold the end area outward, and then the outer box part glue margin part and the outer box part glue margin part in the fourth outer box side surface part, the inner box glue margin part and the first inner box Any one of the areas to which the inner box adhesive margin on the side surface part adheres, the first end area, and the first end area on the other of the bottom face first piece and the bottom face second piece adhere to each other. The method for producing a packaging box according to claim 15 or 17, further comprising a second folding / adhesive application step of applying an adhesive to any one of the regions.

第２接着工程と折り返し工程の間に、第２端部領域と、底面部第３片部と底面部第４片部の他方における該第２端部領域が接着する領域とのいずれかに接着剤を塗布し、その後、底面部第３片部と底面部第４片部を内側スリーブ状部に対して折り返すとともに第２端部領域を外側に折り返した状態とする第１接着剤塗布・折り返し工程を有することを特徴とする請求項１５に記載の包装箱の製造方法。 Adhering to any of the second end region and the region where the second end region adheres to the other of the bottom surface third piece and the bottom surface fourth piece between the second bonding step and the folding step The first adhesive is applied and folded after the adhesive is applied, and then the bottom surface third piece and the bottom surface fourth piece are folded back with respect to the inner sleeve-shaped portion and the second end region is folded outward. The method for manufacturing a packaging box according to claim 15, further comprising a step.

折り返し工程と第３接着工程の間に、外箱部糊代部と第４外箱部側面部における外箱部糊代部が接着する領域のいずれかと、内箱部糊代部と第１内箱部側面部における内箱部糊代部が接着する領域のいずれかと、第１端部領域と、底面部第１片部と底面部第２片部の他方における該第１端部領域が接着する領域とのいずれかとに接着剤を塗布し、その後、内箱部の底面部を構成する底面部第１片部と底面部第２片部を内側スリーブ状部に対して折り返すとともに第１端部領域を外側に折り返した状態とする第２接着剤塗布・折り返し工程を有することを特徴とする請求項１５又は１９に記載の包装箱の製造方法。 Between the folding process and the third bonding process, either the outer box part paste margin part and the outer box part paste part of the fourth outer box side surface part are bonded, the inner box part paste part and the first inner part Adhering to the first end region, the first end portion of the bottom portion and the second piece of the bottom portion of the bottom portion, the first end region, or any one of the regions where the inner margin portion of the box side surface portion adheres The adhesive is applied to any one of the regions to be processed, and then the bottom end first piece and the bottom portion second piece constituting the bottom portion of the inner box portion are folded back with respect to the inner sleeve-like portion and the first end The method for manufacturing a packaging box according to claim 15 or 19, further comprising a second adhesive application / folding step in which the partial area is folded outward.

蓋部が、第１外箱部側面部の上辺から連設された第１蓋部片部（２６０）と、第２外箱部側面部の上辺から連設された第２蓋部片部（２７０）と、第３外箱部側面部の上辺から連設された第３蓋部片部（２８０）と、第４外箱部側面部の上辺から連設された第４蓋部片部（２９０）とを有し、第１接着工程で、外箱部に内箱部を接着した際に、接着板部における一部の領域は、第１蓋部片部と第２蓋部片部と第３蓋部片部と第４蓋部片部において、第１外箱部側面部と第２外箱部側面部と第３外箱部側面部と第４外箱部側面部の４つの外箱部側面部の中で特定内箱部側面部に対応する外箱部側面部（２１０）から連設された蓋部片部である特定蓋部片部（２６０）と重なり、接着板部の他の領域は、該特定蓋部片部とは重ならないことを特徴とする請求項１３又は１４又は１５又は１６又は１７又は１８又は１９又は２０に記載の包装箱の製造方法。 The first lid portion piece (260) provided continuously from the upper side of the first outer box side surface portion and the second cover piece portion (260) provided continuously from the upper side of the second outer case side surface portion ( 270), a third lid piece piece (280) provided continuously from the upper side of the third outer box side face part, and a fourth cover piece piece provided continuously from the upper edge of the fourth outer box side face part ( 290), and in the first bonding step, when the inner box portion is bonded to the outer box portion, the partial region of the bonding plate portion includes the first lid portion piece and the second lid portion piece. In the third lid part piece and the fourth lid part piece, the four outer parts of the first outer box part side face part, the second outer box part side face part, the third outer box part side face part, and the fourth outer box part side face part It overlaps with the specific cover part piece part (260) which is a cover part piece part continuously provided from the outer case part side part (210) corresponding to the specific inner box part side part in the box part side part, Other areas do not overlap with the specific lid piece Method for producing a packaging box according to claim 13 or 14 or 15 or 16 or 17 or 18 or 19 or 20.